Եզեկիէլ / Ezekiel - 30 |

Text:
< PreviousԵզեկիէլ - 30 Ezekiel - 30Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
В первой из них ст. 1-19, составляющей продолжение XXIX:1-16, гибель Египта предсказывается раздельнее и частнее по сравнению с той речью, так: описывается пестрое войско Египта, разрушение египетских народов, указывается впервые и совершитель кары над Египтом. Вторая речь, ст. 20-26, произнесенная, может быть, когда войско египетское, двинувшееся на выручку осажденого Иерусалима, было отброшено халдеями (ср. Иер XXXVII:5: и д. ХХХIV:21: и д.), в этой неудаче видит ручательство за предстоящую гибель Египта от руки Навуходоносора.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
In this chapter we have, I. A continuation of the prophecy against Egypt, which we had in the latter part of the foregoing chapter, just before the desolation of that once flourishing kingdom was completed by Nebuchadnezzar, in which is foretold the destruction of all her allies and confederates, all her interests and concerns, and the several steps which the king of Babylon should take in pushing on this destruction, ver. 1-19. II. A repetition of a former prophecy against Egypt, just before the desolation of it begun by their own bad conduct, which gradually weakened them and prepared the way for the king of Babylon, ver. 20-26. It is all much to the same purport with what we had before.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
This chapter describes, with great force and elegance, the ruin of Egypt and all her allies by the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar, Eze 30:1-11; with an amplification of the distress of the principal cities of Egypt on that occasion, Eze 30:12-19. The remaining verses are a short prophecy relating to the same event, and therefore annexed to the longer one preceding, although this was predicted sooner, Eze 30:20-26.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Eze 30:1, The desolation of Egypt and her helpers; Eze 30:20, The arm of Babylon shall be strengthened to break the arm of Egypt.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

The Day of Judgment upon Egypt - Ezekiel 30:1-19
Commencing with a call to lamentation, the prophet announces that the Lord's day of judgment upon the nations is near at hand, and will burst upon Egypt, and the nations in alliance with it (Ezek 30:2-5). He then depicts in three strophes, with the introductory words 'כּה אמר , the execution for this judgment, namely: (a) the destruction of the might of Egypt and the devastation of the land (Ezek 30:6-9); (b) the enemy by whom the judgment will be accomplished (Ezek 30:10-12); and (c) the extermination of the idols of Egypt, the conquest and demolition of its fortresses, the slaughter of its male population, and the captivity of the daughters of the land (Ezek 30:13-19).
The heading does not contain any chronological information; and the contents furnish no definite criteria for determining with precision the date of the prophecy. Jerome assigns this oracle to the same period as the prophecy in Ezekiel 29:1-16, whilst others connect it more closely with Ezek 29:17-21, and regard it as the latest of all Ezekiel's prophecies. The latter is the conclusion adopted by Rosenm׬ller, Hהvernick, Hitzig, Kliefoth, and some others. The principal argument adduced for linking it on to Ezek 29:17. is, that in Ezek 30:3 the day of judgment upon Egypt is threatened as near at hand, and this did not apply to the tenth year (Ezek 29:1), though it was perfectly applicable to the twenty-seventh (Ezek 29:17), when the siege of Tyre was ended, and Nebuchadnezzar was on the point of attacking Egypt. But the expression, "the day of the Lord is near at hand," is so relative a chronological phrase, that nothing definite can be gathered from it as to the date at which an oracle was composed. Nor does the fact that our prophecy stands after the prophecy in Ezek 29:17-21, which is furnished with a date, prove anything; for the other prophecies which follow, and are furnished with dates, all belong to a much earlier period. It is very evident from this that Ezek 29:17-21 is inserted without regard to chronological sequence, and consequently Ezekiel 30:1-19 may just as well belong to the period between the tenth month of the tenth year (Ezek 29:1) and the first month of the eleventh year (Ezek 30:20), as to the twenty-seventh year (Ezek 29:17), since all the reasons assigned for the closer connection of our prophecy with the one immediately preceding (Ezek 29:17-21), which is supposed to indicate similarity of date, are invalid; whilst, on the other hand, the resemblance of Ezek 30:6 and Ezek 30:17 to Ezek 29:10 and Ezek 29:12 is not sufficient to warrant the assumption of a contemporaneous origin.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO EZEKIEL 30
This chapter is a continuation of the prophecy against Egypt, both against the country and the king of it. It is introduced with expressions of lamentation, because of the destruction coming on, Ezek 30:1, and not only Egypt, and the cities thereof, should be destroyed, but all her friends, associates, and allies; the Ethiopians, Lydians, Lybians, and others, Ezek 30:4. Nebuchadnezzar and his army were to be the instruments of her ruin, Ezek 30:10, particular cities are mentioned by name, which should suffer much, and become desolate, Ezek 30:13 and then Pharaoh king of Egypt himself is threatened with broken arms, and his people to be scattered among the nations, Ezek 30:20, and the king of Babylon is again mentioned, whose arms should be strengthened to do all this, Ezek 30:24.
30:130:1: Եւ եղեւ բա՛ն Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
30 Դարձեալ Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
Եւ եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ:

30:1: Եւ եղեւ բա՛ն Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
30 Դարձեալ Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:130:1 И было ко мне слово Господне:
30:1 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become λόγος λογος word; log κυρίου κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me λέγων λεγω tell; declare
30:1 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
30:1. et factum est verbum Domini ad me dicensAnd the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
1. The word of the LORD came again unto me, saying,
The word of the LORD came again unto me, saying:

30:1 И было ко мне слово Господне:
30:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
λόγος λογος word; log
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
30:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֥י yᵊhˌî היה be
דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
30:1. et factum est verbum Domini ad me dicens
And the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ kad▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1. Отсутствие хронологической даты заставляет некоторых подразумевать здесь дату XXIX:17, благодаря чему, эта речь явилась бы последнею речью пророка Иезекииля (ст. 2: и 3: могут звучать так); но речь ХХIX:17-21: явно вставка.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1 The word of the LORD came again unto me, saying, 2 Son of man, prophesy and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Howl ye, Woe worth the day! 3 For the day is near, even the day of the LORD is near, a cloudy day; it shall be the time of the heathen. 4 And the sword shall come upon Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt, and they shall take away her multitude, and her foundations shall be broken down. 5 Ethiopia, and Libya, and Lydia, and all the mingled people, and Chub, and the men of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword. 6 Thus saith the LORD; They also that uphold Egypt shall fall; and the pride of her power shall come down: from the tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord GOD. 7 And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that are desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted. 8 And they shall know that I am the LORD, when I have set a fire in Egypt, and when all her helpers shall be destroyed. 9 In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships to make the careless Ethiopians afraid, and great pain shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt: for, lo, it cometh. 10 Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon. 11 He and his people with him, the terrible of the nations, shall be brought to destroy the land: and they shall draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the land with the slain. 12 And I will make the rivers dry, and sell the land into the hand of the wicked: and I will make the land waste, and all that is therein, by the hand of strangers: I the LORD have spoken it. 13 Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will also destroy the idols, and I will cause their images to cease out of Noph; and there shall be no more a prince of the land of Egypt: and I will put a fear in the land of Egypt. 14 And I will make Pathros desolate, and will set fire in Zoan, and will execute judgments in No. 15 And I will pour my fury upon Sin, the strength of Egypt; and I will cut off the multitude of No. 16 And I will set fire in Egypt: Sin shall have great pain, and No shall be rent asunder, and Noph shall have distresses daily. 17 The young men of Aven and of Pi-beseth shall fall by the sword: and these cities shall go into captivity. 18 At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the yokes of Egypt: and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her: as for her, a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall go into captivity. 19 Thus will I execute judgments in Egypt: and they shall know that I am the LORD.
The prophecy of the destruction of Egypt is here very full and particular, as well as, in the general, very frightful. What can protect a provoking people when the righteous God comes forth to contend with them?
I. It shall be a very lamentable destruction, and such as shall occasion great sorrow (v. 2, 3): "Howl you; you may justly shriek now that it is coming, for you will be made to shriek and make hideous outcries when it comes. Cry out, Woe worth the day! or, Ah the day! alas because of the day! the terrible day! Woe and alas! For the day is near; the day we have so long dreaded, so long deserved. It is the day of the Lord, the day in which he will manifest himself as a God of vengeance. You have your day now, when you carry all before you, and trample on all about you, but God will have his day shortly, the day of the revelation of his righteous judgment," Ps. xxxvii. 13. It will be a cloudy day, that is, dark and dismal, without the shining forth of any comfort; and it shall threaten a storm--fire, and brimstone, and a horrible tempest. It shall be the time of the heathen, of reckoning with the heathen for all their heathenish practices, that time which David spoke of when God would pour out his fury upon the heathen (Ps. lxxix. 6), when they should sink, Ps. ix. 15.
II. It shall be the destruction of Egypt, and of all the states and countries in confederacy with her and in her neighbourhood. 1. Egypt herself shall fall (v. 4): The sword shall come upon Egypt, the sword of the Chaldeans, and it shall be a victorious sword, for the slain shall fall in Egypt, fall by it, fall before it. Is the country populous? They shall take away her multitude. Is it strong, and well-fixed? Her foundations shall be broken down, and then the fabric, though built ever so fine, ever so high, will fall of course. 2. Her neighbours and inmates shall fall with her. When the slain fall so thickly in Egypt great pain shall be in Ethiopia, both that in Africa, which is in the neighbourhood of Egypt on one side, and that in Asia, which is near to it on the other side. When their neighbour's house was on fire they could not but apprehend their own in danger; nor were their fears groundless, for they shall all fall with them by the sword, v. 5. Ethiopia and Libya (Cush and Phut, so the Hebrew names are, two of the sons of Ham who are mentioned, and Mizraim, that is, Egypt, between them, Gen. x. 6), and the Lydians (who were famous archers, and are spoken of as confederates with Egypt, Jer. xlvi. 9), these shall fall with Egypt and Chub (the Chaldeans, the inhabitants of the inner Libya); these and others were the mingled people; there were those of all these and other countries who upon some account or other resided in Egypt, as did also the men of the land that is in league, some of the remains of the people of Israel and Judah, the children of the covenant, or league, as they are called (Acts iii. 25), the children of the promise, Gal. iv. 28. These sojourned in Egypt contrary to God's command, and these shall fall with them. Note, Those that will take their lot with God's enemies shall have their lot with them, yea, though they be in profession the men of the land that is in league with God.
III. All that pretend to support the sinking interests of Egypt shall come down under her, shall come down with her (v. 6): Those that uphold Egypt shall fall, and then Egypt must fall of course. See the justice of God; Egypt pretended to uphold Jerusalem when that was tottering, but proved a deceitful reed; and now those that pretended to uphold Egypt shall prove no better. Those that deceive others are commonly paid in their own coin; they are themselves deceived. 1. Does Egypt think herself upheld by the absolute authority and dominion of her king? The pride of her power shall come down, v. 6. The power of the king of Egypt was his pride; but that shall be broken, and humbled. 2. Is the multitude of her people her support? These shall fall by the sword, even from the tower of Syene, which is in the utmost corner of the land, from that side of it by which the enemy shall enter. Both the countries and the cities, the husbandmen and the merchants, shall be desolate, v. 7, as before, ch. xxix. 12. Even the multitude of Egypt shall be made to cease, v. 10. That populous country shall be depopulated. The land shall be even filled with the slain, v. 11. 3. Is the river Nile her support, and are the several channels of it a defence to her? "I will make the rivers dry (v. 12), so that those natural fortifications which were thought impregnable, because impassable, shall stand them in no stead." 4. Are her idols a support to her? They shall be destroyed; those imaginary upholders shall appear more than ever to be imaginary, for so images are when they pretend to be deliverers and strongholds (v. 13): I will cause their images to cease out of Noph. 5. Is her royal family her support? There shall be no more a prince in the land of Egypt; the royal family shall be extirpated and extinguished, which had continued so long. 6. Is her courage her support, and does she think to uphold herself by the bravery of her men of war, who have now of late been inured to service? That shall fail: I will put a fear in the land of Egypt. 7. Is the rising generation her support? is she upheld by her children, and does she think herself happy because she has her quiver full of them? Alas! the young men shall fall by the sword (v. 17) and the daughters shall go into captivity (v. 18), and so she shall be robbed of all her hopes.
IV. God shall inflict these desolating judgments on Egypt (v. 8): They shall know that I am the Lord, and greater than all gods, than all their gods, when I have set a fire in Egypt. The fire that consumes nations is of God's kindling; and, when he sets fire to a people, all their helpers shall be destroyed. Those that go about to quench the fire shall themselves be devoured by it; for who can stand before him when he is angry? When he pours out his fury upon a place, when he sets fire to it (v. 15, 16), neither its strength nor its multitude can stand it in any stead.
V. The king of Babylon and his army shall be employed as instruments of this destruction: The multitude of Egypt shall be made to cease and be quite cut off by the hand of the king of Babylon, v. 10. Those that undertook to protect Israel from the king of Babylon shall not be able to protect themselves. It is said of the Chaldeans, who should destroy Egypt, 1. That they are strangers (v. 12), who therefore shall show no compassion for old acquaintance-sake, but shall behave strangely towards them. 2. That they are the terrible of the nations (v. 11), both in respect of force and in respect of fierceness; and, being terrible, they shall make terrible work. (3.) That they are the wicked, who will not be restrained by reason and conscience, the laws of nature or the laws of nations, for they are without law: I will sell the land into the hand of the wicked. They do violence unjustly, as they are wicked; yet, so far as they are instruments in God's hand of executing his judgments, it is on his part justly done. Note, God often makes one wicked man a scourge to another; and even wicked men acquire a title to prey, jure belli--by the laws of war, for God sells it into their hands.
VI. No place in the land of Egypt shall be exempted from the fury of the Chaldean army, not the strongest, not the remotest: The sword shall go through the land. Various places are here named: Pathros, Zoan, and No (v. 14), Sin and Noph (v. 15, 16), Aven and Pi-beseth (v. 17), and Tehaphnehes, v. 18. These shall be made desolate, shall be fired, and God's judgments shall be executed upon them, and his fury poured out upon them. Their strength and multitude shall be cut off; they shall have great pain, shall be rent asunder with fear, and shall have distresses daily. Their day shall be darkened; their honours, comforts, and hopes, shall be extinguished. Their yokes shall be broken, so that they shall no more oppress and tyrannize as they have done. The pomp of their strength shall cease, and a cloud shall cover them, a cloud so thick that through it they shall not see any hopes, nor shall their glory be seen, or shine further. And, lastly, the Ethiopians, who are at a distance from them, as well as those who are mingled with them, shall share in their pain and terror. God will by his providence spread the rumour, and the careless Ethiopians shall be made afraid, v. 9. Note, God can strike a terror upon those that are most secure; fearfulness shall, when he pleases, surprise the most presumptuous hypocrites.
The close of this prediction leaves, 1. The land of Egypt mortified: Thus will I execute judgments on Egypt, v. 19. The destruction of Egypt is the executing of judgments, which intimates not only that it is done justly, for its sins, but that it is done regularly and legally, by a judicial sentence. All the executions God does are according to his judgments. 2. The God of Israel herein glorified: They shall know that I am the Lord. The Egyptians shall be made to know it and the people of God shall be made to know it better. The Lord is known by the judgments which he executes.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:1: Third prophecy Ezek. 30:1-19 against Egypt, probably to be connected with the pRev_ious verses (compare Eze 30:10 with the Eze 29:17-21 note). Some consider it to belong to the earlier part of Ezek. 29 (compare Eze 29:10, Eze 29:12 with Eze 30:5-6).
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
30:1
Announcement of the judgment upon Egypt and its allies. - Ezek 30:1. And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying, Ezek 30:2. Son of man, prophesy, and say, Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Howl ye! Woe to the day! Ezek 30:3. For the day is near, the day of Jehovah near, a day of cloud, the time of the heathen will it be. Ezek 30:4. And the sword will come upon Egypt, and there will be pangs in Ethiopia, when the slain fall in Egypt, and they take her possessions, and her foundations are destroyed. Ezek 30:5. Ethiopians and Libyans and Lydians, and all the rabble, and Chub, and the sons of the covenant land, will fall by the sword with them. - In the announcement of the judgment in Ezek 30:2 and Ezek 30:3, Ezekiel rests upon Joel 1:13, Joel 1:15, and Joel 2:2, where the designation already applied to the judgment upon the heathen world by Obadiah, viz., "the day of Jehovah" (Obad 1:15), is followed by such a picture of the nearness and terrible nature of that day, that even Isaiah (Is 13:6, Is 13:9) and Zephaniah (Zeph 1:7, Zeph 1:14) appropriate the words of Joel. Ezekiel also does the same, with this exception, that he uses ההּ instead of אההּ, and adds to the force of the expression by the repetition of קרוב יום. In Ezek 30:3, the words from יום ענן to יהיה are not to be taken together as forming one sentence, "a day of cloud will the time of the nations be" (De Wette), because the idea of a "time of the nations" has not been mentioned before, so as to prepare the way for a description of its real nature here. יום ענן and עת גּוים contain two co-ordinate affirmations concerning the day of Jehovah. It will be a day of cloud, i.e., of great calamity (as in Joel 2:2), and a time of the heathen, i.e., when heathen (גּוים without the article) are judged, when their might is to be shattered (cf. Is 13:22). This day is coming upon Egypt, which is to succumb to the sword. Ethiopia will be so terrified at this, that it will writhe convulsively with anguish (חלחלה, as in Nahum 2:11 and Is 21:3). לקח המנהּ signifies the plundering and removal of the possessions of the land, like נשׂא המנהּ in Ezek 29:19. The subject to לקחוּ is indefinite, "they," i.e., the enemy. The foundations of Egypt, which are to be destroyed, are not the foundations of its buildings, but may be understood in a figurative sense as relating to persons, after the analogy of Is 19:10; but the notion that Cush, Phut, etc. (Ezek 30:9), i.e., the mercenary troops obtained from those places, which are called the props of Egypt in Ezek 30:6, are intended, as Hitzig assumes, is not only extremely improbable, but decidedly erroneous. The announcement in Ezek 30:6, that Cush, Phut, etc., are to fall by the sword along with the Egyptians (אתּם), is sufficient of itself to show that these tribes, even if they were auxiliaries or mercenaries of Egypt, did not constitute the foundations of the Egyptian state and kingdom; but that, on the contrary, Egypt possessed a military force composed of native troops, which was simply strengthened by auxiliaries and allies. We there interpret יסדותיה, after the analogy of Ps 11:3 and Ps 82:5, as referring to the real foundations of the state, the regulations and institutions on which the stability and prosperity of the kingdom rest.
The neighbouring, friendly, and allied peoples will also be smitten by the judgment together with the Egyptians. Cush, i.e., the Ethiopians, Phut and Lud, i.e., the Libyans and African Lydians (see the comm. on Ezek 27:10), are mentioned here primarily as auxiliaries of Egypt, because, according to Jer 46:9, they served in Necho's army. By כּל־הערב, the whole of the mixed crowd (see the comm. on 3Kings 10:15 - πάντες οἱ ἐπίμικτοι, lxx), we are then to understand the mercenary soldiers in the Egyptian army, which were obtained from different nations (chiefly Greeks, Ionians, and Carians, οἱ επίκουροι, as they are called by Herodotus, iii. 4, etc.). In addition to these, כּוּב ,eseht (ἁπ λεγ.) is also mentioned. Hvernick connects this name with the people of Kufa, so frequently met with on the Egyptian monuments. But, according to Wilkinson (Manners, etc., I 1, pp. 361ff.), they inhabited a portion of Asia farther north even than Palestine; and he ranks them (p. 379) among the enemies of Egypt. Hitzig therefore imagines that Kufa is probably to be found in Kohistan, a district of Media, from which, however, the Egyptians can hardly have obtained mercenary troops. And so long as nothing certain can be gathered from the advancing Egyptological researches with regard to the name Cub, the conjecture that כּוּב is a mis-spelling for לוּב is not to be absolutely set aside, the more especially as this conjecture is naturally suggested by the לוּבים of Nahum 3:9 and 2Chron 16:8, and the form לוּב by the side of לוּבים is analogous to לוּד by the side of לוּדים in Jer 46:9, whilst the Liby-Aegyptii of the ancients, who are to be understood by the term לוּבים (see the comm. on Gen 10:13), would be quite in keeping here. On the other hand, the conjecture offered by Gesenius (Thes. p. 664), viz., נוּב, Nubia, has but a very weak support in the Arabic translator; and the supposition that לוּב may have been the earlier Hebrew form for Nubia (Hitzig), is destitute of any solid foundation. Maurer suggests Cob, a city (municipium) of Mauretania, in the Itiner. Anton. p. 17, ed. Wessel. - The following expression, "sons of the covenant land," is also obscure. Hitzig has correctly observed, that it cannot be synonymous with בּעלי , their allies. But we certainly cannot admit that the covenant land (made definite by the article) is Canaan, the Holy Land (Hitzig and Kliefoth); although Jerome writes without reserve, de filiis terrae foederis, i.e., de populo Judaeorum; and the lxx in their translation, καὶ τῶν υιῶν τῆς διαθήκης μου, undoubtedly thought of the Jews, who fled to Egypt, according to Theodoret's exposition, along with Jeremiah after the destruction of Jerusalem and the murder of the governor Gedaliah, for fear of the vengeance of the Chaldeans (Jer 42-43, and 44). For the application of the expression "land of the covenant" to the Holy Land is never met with either in the Old or New Testament, and cannot be inferred, as Hitzig supposes, from Ps 74:20 and Dan 11:28, or supported in any way from either the epithet "the land of promise" in Heb 11:9, or from Acts 3:25, where Peter calls the Jews "the children of the prophets and of the covenant." We therefore agree with Schmieder in regarding ארץ as signifying a definite region, though one unknown to us, in the vicinity of Egypt, which was inhabited by a tribe that was independent of the Egyptians, yet bound to render help in time of war.
John Gill
30:1 The word of the Lord came again unto me,.... Whether this prophecy was delivered about the time of that in the former part of the preceding chapter, namely, in the tenth year, tenth month, and twelfth day of it; or whether about the time that was which is recorded in the latter part of the chapter, in the seven and twentieth year of Jehoiachin's captivity, is not easy to say; I am inclined to think it was about the time of the latter, since the time of the fulfilment of it is said to be near, Ezek 30:3,
saying: as follows:
30:230:2: Որդի մարդոյ՝ մարգարեա՛ց՝ եւ ասասցես. Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր Տէր. Ո՛հ ո՛հ, օր.
2 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, մարգարէացի՛ր ու ասա՛. “Այսպէս է ասում Ամենակալ Տէր Աստուած.
2 Որդի՛ մարդոյ, մարգարէութիւն ըրէ ու ըսէ՛, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ողբացէ՛ք ու ըսէ՛ք՝ «Աւա՜ղ, ցաւալի օր».
Որդի մարդոյ, մարգարեաց եւ ասասցես. Այսպէս ասէ Ադոնայի Տէր [652]Տէր. Ո՜հ, ոհ օր:

30:2: Որդի մարդոյ՝ մարգարեա՛ց՝ եւ ասասցես. Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր Տէր. Ո՛հ ո՛հ, օր.
2 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, մարգարէացի՛ր ու ասա՛. “Այսպէս է ասում Ամենակալ Տէր Աստուած.
2 Որդի՛ մարդոյ, մարգարէութիւն ըրէ ու ըսէ՛, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ողբացէ՛ք ու ըսէ՛ք՝ «Աւա՜ղ, ցաւալի օր».
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:230:2 сын человеческий! изреки пророчество и скажи: так говорит Господь Бог: рыдайте! о, злосчастный день!
30:2 υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human προφήτευσον προφητευω prophesy καὶ και and; even εἰπόν επω say; speak τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master ὦ ω.1 oh! ὦ ω.1 oh! ἡ ο the ἡμέρα ημερα day
30:2 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind הִנָּבֵא֙ hinnāvˌē נבא speak as prophet וְ wᵊ וְ and אָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ ʔˈāmartˈā אמר say כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH הֵילִ֖ילוּ hêlˌîlû ילל howl הָ֥הּ hˌāh הָהּ alas לַ la לְ to † הַ the יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
30:2. fili hominis propheta et dic haec dicit Dominus Deus ululate vae vae dieiSon of man prophesy, and say: Thus saith the Lord God: Howl ye, Woe, woe to the day:
2. Son of man, prophesy, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD: Howl ye, Woe worth the day!
Son of man, prophesy and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Howl ye, Woe worth the day:

30:2 сын человеческий! изреки пророчество и скажи: так говорит Господь Бог: рыдайте! о, злосчастный день!
30:2
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
προφήτευσον προφητευω prophesy
καὶ και and; even
εἰπόν επω say; speak
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ω.1 oh!
ω.1 oh!
ο the
ἡμέρα ημερα day
30:2
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
הִנָּבֵא֙ hinnāvˌē נבא speak as prophet
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ ʔˈāmartˈā אמר say
כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus
אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
הֵילִ֖ילוּ hêlˌîlû ילל howl
הָ֥הּ hˌāh הָהּ alas
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
30:2. fili hominis propheta et dic haec dicit Dominus Deus ululate vae vae diei
Son of man prophesy, and say: Thus saith the Lord God: Howl ye, Woe, woe to the day:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2-3. “О, злосчастный день!” - слав. “оле, оле день!”. Слово “день”, поставленное без всякого определения, имеет тем более силы и ужаса в себе. Так и в VII:7, 10; ср. Соф I:7; Иоил II:2-3. Разумеется день суда здесь уже, впрочем, не над Израилем, а над языческим миром, одним из могущественнейших представителей которого является Египет. Суд над последним, следовательно, есть продолжение, часть суда над язычеством, необходимого для обеспечения блаженства мессианских времен в Израиле. Поставленный сначала без определения “день” сейчас же определяется как 1) “день Господа”, в который Господь проявит всю славу Свою и будет повсеместно признан Господом (ср. Ис II:12: и др. Иоил I:15; Ам V:20; 1: Кор V:5: и др.), - как 2) “день мрачный”, слав. точнее “день облака”, когда густое облако закроет в знак гнева Божия небо, так что светила померкнут (Иоил II:2; Соф I:14: и др.), - как 3) “година народов”, когда назначенное для языческого мира время существования придет к концу, почему LХХ правильно читали должно быть вместо ет, “время” ец, “конец”: “конец язков”; ср. VII:7. Речь имеет эсхатологический оттенок и потому так близка по выражениям с VII гл.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:2: Howl ye, Wo worth the day! - My Old MS. Bible, - Soule gee, woo woo to the day! הילילו הה ליום heylilu, hah laiyom! "Howl ye, Alas for the day!" The reading in our present text is taken from Coverdale's Bible, 1536. The expressions signify that a most dreadful calamity was about to fall on Egypt and the neighboring countries, called here the "time of the heathen," or of the nations; the day of calamity to them. They are afterwards specified, Ethiopia, Libya, Lydia, and Chub, and the mingled people, probably persons from different nations, who had followed the ill fortune of Pharaoh-hophra or Pharaoh-apries, when he fled from Amasis, and settled in Upper Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:2: Howl: Eze 21:12; Isa 13:6, Isa 14:31, Isa 15:2, Isa 16:7, Isa 23:1, Isa 23:6, Isa 65:14; Jer 4:8, Jer 47:2; Joe 1:5, Joe 1:11; Zep 1:11; Zac 11:2; Jam 5:1; Rev 18:10
John Gill
30:2 Son of man, prophesy and say, thus saith the Lord God,.... Prophesy against Egypt's king and inhabitants, and in the name of the Lord thus speak against them:
howl ye; ye Egyptians, and also ye Ethiopians, and all others after named, which should share in the destruction of Egypt; this is said to give them notice of it, and prepare them for it:
woe worth the day! or, "alas for the day!" (d) O the unhappy day! what a sad dismal day is this! O that we should ever live to see such wretched times!
(d) "bah diei", Munster, Vatablus; "heu diei", Cocceius, Starckius.
John Wesley
30:2 Ye - Inhabitants of Egypt.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:2 CONTINUATION OF THE PROPHECIES AGAINST EGYPT. (Eze. 30:1-26)
Woe worth the day!--that is, Alas for the day!
30:330:3: զի մե՛րձ է օր Տեառն, օր միգի. զի հասեալ է վախճան ազգաց[12772]։ [12772] Բազումք. Օր միգի. հասեալ է վա՛՛։
3 վա՜յ, վա՜յ ձեր օրին, քանզի մօտ է Տիրոջ օրը՝ միգապատ օրը. հասել է ժողովուրդների վախճանը:
3 Վասն զի օրը մօտ է, Տէրոջը օրը մօտ է, անիկա ամպոտ օր է. ազգերուն համար աւերման ժամանակ մը պիտի ըլլայ։
զի մերձ է [653]օր Տեառն, օր միգի. զի հասեալ է վախճան ազգաց:

30:3: զի մե՛րձ է օր Տեառն, օր միգի. զի հասեալ է վախճան ազգաց[12772]։
[12772] Բազումք. Օր միգի. հասեալ է վա՛՛։
3 վա՜յ, վա՜յ ձեր օրին, քանզի մօտ է Տիրոջ օրը՝ միգապատ օրը. հասել է ժողովուրդների վախճանը:
3 Վասն զի օրը մօտ է, Տէրոջը օրը մօտ է, անիկա ամպոտ օր է. ազգերուն համար աւերման ժամանակ մը պիտի ըլլայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:330:3 Ибо близок день, так! близок день Господа, день мрачный; година народов наступает.
30:3 ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγγὺς εγγυς close ἡ ο the ἡμέρα ημερα day τοῦ ο the κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἡμέρα ημερα day πέρας περας extremity; limit ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste ἔσται ειμι be
30:3 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that קָרֹ֣וב qārˈôv קָרֹוב near יֹ֔ום yˈôm יֹום day וְ wᵊ וְ and קָרֹ֥וב qārˌôv קָרֹוב near יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day לַֽ lˈa לְ to יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day עָנָ֔ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time גֹּויִ֖ם gôyˌim גֹּוי people יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ yˈihyˈeh היה be
30:3. quia iuxta est dies et adpropinquavit dies Domini dies nubis tempus gentium eritFor the day is near, yea the day of the Lord is near: a cloudy day, it shall be the time of the nations.
3. For the day is near, even the day of the LORD is near, a day of clouds; it shall be the time of the heathen.
For the day [is] near, even the day of the LORD [is] near, a cloudy day; it shall be the time of the heathen:

30:3 Ибо близок день, так! близок день Господа, день мрачный; година народов наступает.
30:3
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγγὺς εγγυς close
ο the
ἡμέρα ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἡμέρα ημερα day
πέρας περας extremity; limit
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
ἔσται ειμι be
30:3
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
קָרֹ֣וב qārˈôv קָרֹוב near
יֹ֔ום yˈôm יֹום day
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קָרֹ֥וב qārˌôv קָרֹוב near
יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
יהוָ֑ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
עָנָ֔ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud
עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time
גֹּויִ֖ם gôyˌim גֹּוי people
יִֽהְיֶֽה׃ yˈihyˈeh היה be
30:3. quia iuxta est dies et adpropinquavit dies Domini dies nubis tempus gentium erit
For the day is near, yea the day of the Lord is near: a cloudy day, it shall be the time of the nations.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:3: The time of the pagan - The time when the pagan (Egyptians) shall be judged.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:3: the day is: Eze 7:7, Eze 7:12; Psa 37:13; Oba 1:15; Joe 2:1; Zep 1:7, Zep 1:14; Mat 24:33; Phi 4:5; Jam 5:9; Rev 6:17
a cloudy: Eze 30:18, Eze 32:7, Eze 34:12; Exo 14:20, Exo 14:24; Isa 19:1; Joe 2:1, Joe 2:2; Amo 5:16-20
the time: Eze 29:12; Psa 110:6, Psa 149:7-9; Isa 24:21-23, Isa 34:2-17; Jer 25:15-29; Joe 3:11-14; Zep 3:6, Zep 3:7; Zech. 14:3-19; Rev 19:13-21
John Gill
30:3 For the day is near,.... The day of Egypt's destruction, the time fixed for it:
even the day of the Lord is near; the day appointed by him, and in which he would make himself known by the judgments he executed: Kimchi observes, that, the same year this prophecy was delivered, Egypt was given into the hands of the king of Babylon:
a cloudy day; or; "a day of cloud" (e); which was seldom seen in Egypt in a literal sense, rarely having any rain, their country being watered by the Nile; but now, in a figurative sense, the clouds would gather thick and black, and threaten with a horrible tempest of divine wrath, and of ruin and destruction:
Tit shall be the time of the Heathen: both when the Heathen nation of the Chaldeans should distress and conquer others; and when Heathen nations, as the Egyptians, Ethiopians, and others, should be destroyed by them. The Targum is,
"it shall be the time of the breaking or destruction of the people.''
(e) "dies nubis", V. L. Pagniaus, Montanus, Cocceius, Starckius.
John Wesley
30:3 A cloudy day - So times of trouble are called. Of the heathen - The time when God will reckon with the Heathens.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:3 the time of the heathen--namely, for taking vengeance on them. The judgment on Egypt is the beginning of a world-wide judgment on all the heathen enemies of God (Joel 1:15; Joel 2:1-2; Joel 3:1-21; Obad 1:15).
30:430:4: Եւ եկեսցէ՛ սուր ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոց, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ՚ի կողմանս Եթւովպացւոց. եւ անկցին վիրաւորք յԵգիպտոս, եւ առցեն զբազմութիւն նորա, եւ տապալեսցին հիմունք նորա։
4 Սուր է գալու եգիպտացիների վրայ, ու խռովութիւն է լինելու Եթովպիայի կողմերում: Վիրաւորներ են ընկնելու Եգիպտոսում, եւ գերեվարելու են նրա բազմութիւնները, տապալելու՝ նրա հիմքերը:
4 Եգիպտոսի վրայ սուր մը պիտի գայ ու Եթովպիայի մէջ սաստիկ խռովութիւն պիտի ըլլայ։ Երբ Եգիպտոսի մէջ վիրաւորներ իյնան եւ անոր հարստութիւնը առնեն, անոր հիմերը պիտի կործանին։
Եւ եկեսցէ սուր ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոց, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ի կողմանս Եթէովպացւոց [654]եւ անկցին վիրաւորք`` յԵգիպտոս. եւ առցեն զբազմութիւն նորա, եւ տապալեսցին հիմունք նորա:

30:4: Եւ եկեսցէ՛ սուր ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոց, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ՚ի կողմանս Եթւովպացւոց. եւ անկցին վիրաւորք յԵգիպտոս, եւ առցեն զբազմութիւն նորա, եւ տապալեսցին հիմունք նորա։
4 Սուր է գալու եգիպտացիների վրայ, ու խռովութիւն է լինելու Եթովպիայի կողմերում: Վիրաւորներ են ընկնելու Եգիպտոսում, եւ գերեվարելու են նրա բազմութիւնները, տապալելու՝ նրա հիմքերը:
4 Եգիպտոսի վրայ սուր մը պիտի գայ ու Եթովպիայի մէջ սաստիկ խռովութիւն պիտի ըլլայ։ Երբ Եգիպտոսի մէջ վիրաւորներ իյնան եւ անոր հարստութիւնը առնեն, անոր հիմերը պիտի կործանին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:430:4 И пойдет меч на Египет, и ужас распространится в Ефиопии, когда в Египте будут падать пораженные, когда возьмут богатство его, и основания его будут разрушены;
30:4 καὶ και and; even ἥξει ηκω here μάχαιρα μαχαιρα short sword ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ταραχὴ ταραχη stirring ἐν εν in τῇ ο the Αἰθιοπίᾳ αιθιοπια and; even πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall τετραυματισμένοι τραυματιζω traumatize ἐν εν in Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even συμπεσεῖται συμπιπτω collapse αὐτῆς αυτος he; him τὰ ο the θεμέλια θεμελιος foundation
30:4 וּ û וְ and בָאָ֥ה vāʔˌā בוא come חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיְתָ֤ה hāyᵊṯˈā היה be חַלְחָלָה֙ ḥalḥālˌā חַלְחָלָה anguish בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כ֔וּשׁ ḵˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush בִּ bi בְּ in נְפֹ֥ל nᵊfˌōl נפל fall חָלָ֖ל ḥālˌāl חָלָל pierced בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and לָקְח֣וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion וְ wᵊ וְ and נֶהֶרְס֖וּ nehersˌû הרס tear down יְסֹודֹתֶֽיהָ׃ yᵊsôḏōṯˈeʸhā יְסֹדֹות foundation
30:4. et veniet gladius in Aegyptum et erit pavor in Aethiopia cum ceciderint vulnerati in Aegypto et ablata fuerit multitudo illius et destructa fundamenta eiusAnd the sword shall come upon Egypt: and there shall be dread in Ethiopia, when the wounded shall fall in Egypt, and the multitude thereof shall be taken away, and the foundations thereof shall be destroyed.
4. And a sword shall come upon Egypt, and anguish shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt; and they shall take away her multitude, and her foundations shall be broken down.
And the sword shall come upon Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt, and they shall take away her multitude, and her foundations shall be broken down:

30:4 И пойдет меч на Египет, и ужас распространится в Ефиопии, когда в Египте будут падать пораженные, когда возьмут богатство его, и основания его будут разрушены;
30:4
καὶ και and; even
ἥξει ηκω here
μάχαιρα μαχαιρα short sword
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ταραχὴ ταραχη stirring
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
Αἰθιοπίᾳ αιθιοπια and; even
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
τετραυματισμένοι τραυματιζω traumatize
ἐν εν in
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
συμπεσεῖται συμπιπτω collapse
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
θεμέλια θεμελιος foundation
30:4
וּ û וְ and
בָאָ֥ה vāʔˌā בוא come
חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיְתָ֤ה hāyᵊṯˈā היה be
חַלְחָלָה֙ ḥalḥālˌā חַלְחָלָה anguish
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כ֔וּשׁ ḵˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush
בִּ bi בְּ in
נְפֹ֥ל nᵊfˌōl נפל fall
חָלָ֖ל ḥālˌāl חָלָל pierced
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָקְח֣וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take
הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֶהֶרְס֖וּ nehersˌû הרס tear down
יְסֹודֹתֶֽיהָ׃ yᵊsôḏōṯˈeʸhā יְסֹדֹות foundation
30:4. et veniet gladius in Aegyptum et erit pavor in Aethiopia cum ceciderint vulnerati in Aegypto et ablata fuerit multitudo illius et destructa fundamenta eius
And the sword shall come upon Egypt: and there shall be dread in Ethiopia, when the wounded shall fall in Egypt, and the multitude thereof shall be taken away, and the foundations thereof shall be destroyed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4. “Меч” - война. - “Ужас распространится в Ефиопии”, ближайшей соседке Египта, доставлявшей ему значительный контингент наемных войск (Наум III:9; Иер XLVI:9: и греческие историки); точных сведений о политическом отношении Ефиопии к Египту во время его падения (была ли она совершенно независима от него) нет. - “Богатство”, слав. “множество”, т. е. население; евр. как и в ХХIX:19гамон; см. там. - “Основания”. Предполагается сравнение с зданием. Разумеются государственные учреждения, или армия, или союзники и наемные войска, на которых держалось главным образом могущество Египта.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:4: the sword: Eze 29:8; Isa 19:2; Jer 50:35-37
pain: or, fear, Eze 30:9; Exo 15:14-16; Psa 48:6, Psa 48:7; Isa 19:16, Isa 19:17; Rev 18:9, Rev 18:10
and they: Eze 30:10, Eze 29:12, Eze 29:19
and her: Isa 16:7; Jer 50:15
John Gill
30:4 And the sword shall come upon Egypt,.... The sword of the Chaldeans shall come upon the Egyptians, by which they should be cut off; it having a commission from the Lord for that purpose:
and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt; Ethiopia being a neighbouring nation to Egypt, shall be in a panic when it shall hear of the sword of the Chaldeans being in Egypt, and of the ravages made by it, of the multitudes slain with it; fearing it will be their turn next to fall into the same hands, and in the same manner; and the rather, not only as they were neighbours, but allies:
and they shall take away her multitude; that is, the Chaldeans shall carry captive vast numbers of the Egyptians; such as fell not by the sword should not escape the hand of the enemy, but be taken and carried into other lands. Egypt was a very populous country; according to Agrippa's speech in Josephus (f), there were in it 7,500,000 persons from Ethiopia to Alexandria, besides the inhabitants of the latter, as might be gathered from the tribute each person paid; hence they are compared to the trees of a forest that cannot be searched, and to grasshoppers innumerable, Jer 46:23, but now their numbers should be lesser:
and her foundations shall be broken down; either in a literal sense, the foundations of the cities, towers, and fortified places in Egypt, should be undermined and destroyed, and consequently the buildings on them must sink and fall; or in a figurative sense, her king, princes, magistrates, laws, and government, which are the support of a state, should be removed, and be of no more service.
(f) De Bello Jud. l. 2. c. 16. sect. 4.
John Wesley
30:4 Ethiopia - The neighbour and ally to Egypt. Take away - Into miserable captivity. Her foundations - Their government, laws, and strong holds.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:4 pain--literally, "pangs with trembling as of a woman in childbirth."
30:530:5: Պարսիկք, եւ Կրետացիք, եւ Լիդացիք, եւ Լիբէացիք, եւ ամենայն խառնաղանճքն. եւ յորդւոց ուխտին իմոյ ՚ի նմա սրո՛վ կոտորեսցին[12773]։ [12773] Այլք. Խառնաղանջքն։
5 Պարսիկները, կրետացիները, լիւդիացիներն ու լիբէացիները, բոլոր խառնիճաղանջ ամբոխները, նաեւ նրանք, որ այնտեղ իմ ուխտի զաւակներից են, - սրով են կոտորուելու”:
5 Եթովպիացիները, Փուդացիները եւ Ղուդացիները ու բոլոր խառնիճաղանճ ժողովուրդը եւ Քուբացիները եւ ուխտի երկրին որդիները անոնց հետ մէկտեղ սուրով պիտի իյնան’»։
[655]Պարսիկք եւ Կրետացիք եւ Լիդացիք եւ Լիբէացիք``, եւ ամենայն խառնաղանջքն, եւ [656]յորդւոց ուխտին իմոյ ի նմա`` սրով կոտորեսցին:

30:5: Պարսիկք, եւ Կրետացիք, եւ Լիդացիք, եւ Լիբէացիք, եւ ամենայն խառնաղանճքն. եւ յորդւոց ուխտին իմոյ ՚ի նմա սրո՛վ կոտորեսցին[12773]։
[12773] Այլք. Խառնաղանջքն։
5 Պարսիկները, կրետացիները, լիւդիացիներն ու լիբէացիները, բոլոր խառնիճաղանջ ամբոխները, նաեւ նրանք, որ այնտեղ իմ ուխտի զաւակներից են, - սրով են կոտորուելու”:
5 Եթովպիացիները, Փուդացիները եւ Ղուդացիները ու բոլոր խառնիճաղանճ ժողովուրդը եւ Քուբացիները եւ ուխտի երկրին որդիները անոնց հետ մէկտեղ սուրով պիտի իյնան’»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:530:5 Ефиопия и Ливия, и Лидия, и весь смешанный народ, и Хуб, и сыны земли завета вместе с ними падут от меча.
30:5 Πέρσαι περσης and; even Κρῆτες κρητες and; even Λυδοὶ λυδοι and; even Λίβυες λιβυες and; even πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the ἐπίμικτοι επιμικτος and; even τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son τῆς ο the διαθήκης διαθηκη covenant μου μου of me; mine μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
30:5 כּ֣וּשׁ kˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush וּ û וְ and פ֤וּט fˈûṭ פּוּט Put וְ wᵊ וְ and לוּד֙ lûḏ לוּד Lud וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עֶ֣רֶב ʕˈerev עֵרֶב mixture וְ wᵊ וְ and כ֔וּב ḵˈûv כּוּב Libya וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֖י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the בְּרִ֑ית bbᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant אִתָּ֖ם ʔittˌām אֵת together with בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֥רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger יִפֹּֽלוּ׃ פ yippˈōlû . f נפל fall
30:5. Aethiopia et Lybia et Lydii et omne reliquum vulgus et Chub et filii terrae foederis cum eis gladio cadentEthiopia, and Libya, and Lydia, and all the rest of the crowd, and Chub, and the children of the land of the covenant, shall fall with them by the sword.
5. Ethiopia, and Put, and Lud, and all the mingled people, and Cub, and the children of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword.
Ethiopia, and Libya, and Lydia, and all the mingled people, and Chub, and the men of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword:

30:5 Ефиопия и Ливия, и Лидия, и весь смешанный народ, и Хуб, и сыны земли завета вместе с ними падут от меча.
30:5
Πέρσαι περσης and; even
Κρῆτες κρητες and; even
Λυδοὶ λυδοι and; even
Λίβυες λιβυες and; even
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
ἐπίμικτοι επιμικτος and; even
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
τῆς ο the
διαθήκης διαθηκη covenant
μου μου of me; mine
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
30:5
כּ֣וּשׁ kˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush
וּ û וְ and
פ֤וּט fˈûṭ פּוּט Put
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לוּד֙ lûḏ לוּד Lud
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עֶ֣רֶב ʕˈerev עֵרֶב mixture
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כ֔וּב ḵˈûv כּוּב Libya
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֖י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
בְּרִ֑ית bbᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant
אִתָּ֖ם ʔittˌām אֵת together with
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֥רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
יִפֹּֽלוּ׃ פ yippˈōlû . f נפל fall
30:5. Aethiopia et Lybia et Lydii et omne reliquum vulgus et Chub et filii terrae foederis cum eis gladio cadent
Ethiopia, and Libya, and Lydia, and all the rest of the crowd, and Chub, and the children of the land of the covenant, shall fall with them by the sword.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5. Исчисляются страны, из которых у Египта были наемные войска. Последние составляли главную силу в египетских войсках и Офра, имевший этих наемников 300: т., пристрастием к ним возбудил неудовольствие подданных (Гер. II, 161). “Ефиопия”. LXX “Прсяне и Кртяне”, должно быть, на основании XXVII:10: и так как Ефиопия упомянута уже в предшествующем стихе. Второе, должно быть, дуплет дальнейшего “иже от завета Моего”: берит - завет, керит - Крит. “Ливия и Лидия” - см. объяснение XXVII:10. - “Весь смешанный народ”. Различные мелкие племена, может быть, из сирийско-аравийской пустыни (Исх XII:38) или из мелких областей Малой Азии: в войске Офры по Геродоту (II, 161) были ионийцы, карийцы и т. д.; евр. ерев - “смешанный”, тожественно по начертанию с арав - Аравия, почему здесь можно читать “вся Аравия”; слав. дуплет: “и вся Аравия и вси примесницы”. - “Хуб” ap. leg. В египетских надписях упоминается народ Куфа, может быть, копты. В Мавритании был город Коб (ltin. Ant 18); созвучны также Kobh в Ефиопии на инд. море (Pt. IV, 7) ныне Кайи, Kwbwu в Мареотии (Pt. IV, 5); но здесь ожидается страна, а не город. Слав. “мрини”, греч. нет. Предполагая ошибку, читают Нув - Нубия (имя, известное уже тогда: Str. XVII, 786: Pt. IV, 7, 30: и др.) или Лув - Ливия. - “Сыны земли завета”. По блаж. Иерониму и Феодориту - Иудеи; так должно быть и LXX: “и снове иже от завета Моего”. Едва ли какая-либо “союзная с Египтом страна” (почему не поименована?). Может быть, общее приложение к перечисленным странам: “союзники”.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:5: Lydia - This place is not well known. The Ludim were contiguous to Egypt, Gen 11:13.
Chub - The Cubians, placed by Ptolemy in the Mareotis. But probably instead of וכוב vechub, "and Chub," we should read וכל vechol, "and All the men of the land," etc. The Septuagint adds "the Persians and the Cretans."
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:5: Libya, and Lydia - Or, as in Eze 27:10, Phut and Lud.
The mingled people - Foreigners, who settled in Egypt. The Saite dynasty of Egyptian kings were especially favorable to foreign immigrants. Hophra employed many of them in his armies, and in this way, according to Herodotus, lost the affections of his Egyptian subjects. See Jer 25:20 note.
Chub - The word occurs here only. It was some tribe in alliance with Egypt, either of African race like Lud and Phut, or settlers like the "mingled people." A not-improbable suggestion connects it with Coptos, of which the Egyptian form was Qeb, Qebt or Qabt.
The men of the land that is in league - Rather, the children of the land of the covenant, i. e., of Israel (see Eze 16:8). After the destruction of Jerusalem Jews withdrew into Egypt Jer 43:7. Many of them would naturally enough be found in the Egyptian armies. This is in favor of the later date assigned to this section.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:5: Ethiopia: Isa 18:1, Isa 20:4; Jer 46:9; Nah 3:8, Nah 3:9
Libya: Heb. Phut, Eze 27:10
all the: Jer 25:20, Jer 25:24, Jer 50:37
men: Heb. children
that is: Jer 44:27
Geneva 1599
30:5 (a) Cush, and Libya, and Lydia, and all the mingled people, and Chub, and the men of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword.
(a) By Phut and Lud are meant Africa and Libya.
John Gill
30:5 Ethiopia, Lybia, and Lydia,.... Or, "Cush, Phut, and Lud". Cush and Phut were both sons of Ham, from whom Egypt is sometimes called the land of Ham; and Lud or Ludim was the son of Mizraim, the son of Ham, the common name of Egypt in Scripture, Gen 10:6. Cush is by us rendered Ethiopia; and is thought by some to be a part of Arabia, which lay near to Egypt. Phut and Lud are properly enough rendered Lybia and Lydia; and both these, with Ethiopia, are represented as the allies and confederates of Egypt, Jer 46:9.
And all the mingled people; the Syriac version renders it, "all Arabia": and so Symmachus, according to Jerom; though others think they are the Carians, Ionians, and other Greeks, which Pharaohapries got together to fight with Amasis (g): and "Chub"; or "Cub"; the inhabitants of this piece are thought to be the Cobii of Ptolemy (h), who dwelt in Mareotis, a country of Egypt; though some, by a change of a letter, would have them to be the Nubians, a people in Africa; and so the Arabic version here reads it. Of these Strabo (i) says, on the left of the stream of the Nile dwell the Nubians, a large nation in Lybia; and which he afterwards mentions along with the Troglodytes, Blemmyes, Megabarians, and Ethiopians, that dwell above Syene: and so Ptolemy (k) speaks of them along with the Megabarians, and as inhabiting to the west of the Avalites: and Pliny (l) calls them Nubian Ethiopians, whom he places near the Nile: and a late traveller (m) in those parts informs us that the confines of Egypt and Nubia are about eight miles above the first cataract (of the Nile); Nubia begins at the villages of Ellkalabsche, and of Teffa; the first is to the east of the Nile, and the second to the west.
And the men of the land that is in league shall fall with them by the sword; all the nations above mentioned, with whomsoever should be found that were confederates with Egypt, should share the same fate with them. The Septuagint render it, "and those of the children of my covenant"; as if the Jews were meant that were in Egypt, who are sometimes called "the children of the covenant", and of "the promise", Acts 3:25, and so some interpret the place; but it takes in all the allies of Egypt, and does not design the Jews, at least not them only.
(g) See Prideaux's Connexion, part 1. p. 93. (h) Geograph. l. 4. c. 5. (i) Geograph. l. 17. p. 541, 563. (k) Geograph. l. 5. c. 8. (l) Nat. Hist. l. 6. c. 30. (m) Norden's Travels in Egypt and Nubia, vol. 2. p. 131, 132.
John Wesley
30:5 Lydia - Not the Asiatic, but the Africans placed between some part of Cyrene and Egypt. The mingled people - The hired soldiers from all parts, a confused mixture of nations. And Chub - The inhabitants of the inmost Libya; perhaps they may be the Nubians at this day. The men - All the allies of Egypt. With them - With the Egyptians.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:5 the mingled people--the mercenary troops of Egypt from various lands, mostly from the interior of Africa (compare Ezek 27:10; Jer 25:20, Jer 25:24; Jer 46:9, Jer 46:21).
Chub--the people named Kufa on the monuments [HAVERNICK], a people considerably north of Palestine [WILKINSON]; Coba or Chobat, a city of Mauritania [MAURER].
men of the land that is in league--too definite an expression to mean merely, "men in league" with Egypt; rather, "sons of the land of the covenant," that is, the Jews who migrated to Egypt and carried Jeremiah with them (Jer. 42:1-44:30). Even they shall not escape (Jer 42:22; Jer 44:14).
30:630:6: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր. Կործանեսցին մո՛յթքն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ իջցէ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, ՚ի Մակդովղ՚այ մինչեւ ցՍուհէն սրո՛վ անկցին ՚ի նմա, ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր.
6 Այսպէս է ասում Ամենակալ Տէրը. “Խորտակուելու են եգիպտացիների պահապանները, իջնելու է նրանց ամբարտաւան զօրութիւնը, Մակդոդից մինչեւ Սուհէն սրով են ընկնելու այնտեղ”, - ասում է Ամենակալ Տէրը: -
6 Տէրը այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Եգիպտոսի օգնականներն ալ պիտի իյնան ու անոր զօրութեանը հպարտութիւնը պիտի խոնարհի. Մագդողէն մինչեւ Սուհէն սուրով պիտի իյնան անոր մէջ’։
Այսպէս ասէ [657]Ադոնայի Տէր. Կործանեսցին մոյթքն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ իջցէ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, ի Մակդովղայ մինչեւ ցՍուհէն սրով անկցին ի նմա, ասէ Ադոնայի Տէր:

30:6: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր. Կործանեսցին մո՛յթքն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ իջցէ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, ՚ի Մակդովղ՚այ մինչեւ ցՍուհէն սրո՛վ անկցին ՚ի նմա, ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր.
6 Այսպէս է ասում Ամենակալ Տէրը. “Խորտակուելու են եգիպտացիների պահապանները, իջնելու է նրանց ամբարտաւան զօրութիւնը, Մակդոդից մինչեւ Սուհէն սրով են ընկնելու այնտեղ”, - ասում է Ամենակալ Տէրը: -
6 Տէրը այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Եգիպտոսի օգնականներն ալ պիտի իյնան ու անոր զօրութեանը հպարտութիւնը պիտի խոնարհի. Մագդողէն մինչեւ Սուհէն սուրով պիտի իյնան անոր մէջ’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:630:6 Так говорит Господь: падут подпоры Египта, и упадет гордыня могущества его; от Мигдола до Сиены будут падать в нем от меча, сказал Господь Бог.
30:6 καὶ και and; even πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall τὰ ο the ἀντιστηρίγματα αντιστηριγμα Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend ἡ ο the ὕβρις υβρις insolence; insult τῆς ο the ἰσχύος ισχυς force αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away Μαγδώλου μαγδωλος till; until Συήνης συηνη short sword πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:6 כֹּ֚ה ˈkō כֹּה thus אָמַ֣ר ʔāmˈar אמר say יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and נָֽפְלוּ֙ nˈāfᵊlû נפל fall סֹמְכֵ֣י sōmᵊḵˈê סמך support מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height עֻזָּ֑הּ ʕuzzˈāh עֹז power מִ mi מִן from מִּגְדֹּ֣ל סְוֵנֵ֗ה mmiḡdˈōl sᵊwēnˈē מִגְדֹּל סְוֵנֵה from Migdol to Aswan בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger יִפְּלוּ־ yippᵊlû- נפל fall בָ֔הּ vˈāh בְּ in נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
30:6. haec dicit Dominus Deus et corruent fulcientes Aegyptum et destruetur superbia imperii eius a turre Syenes gladio cadent in ea ait Dominus exercituumThus saith the Lord God: They also that uphold Egypt shall fall, and the pride of her empire shall be brought down: from the tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord the God of hosts.
6. Thus saith the LORD: They also that uphold Egypt shall fall, and the pride of her power shall come down: from the tower of Seveneh shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
Thus saith the LORD; They also that uphold Egypt shall fall; and the pride of her power shall come down: from the tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord GOD:

30:6 Так говорит Господь: падут подпоры Египта, и упадет гордыня могущества его; от Мигдола до Сиены будут падать в нем от меча, сказал Господь Бог.
30:6
καὶ και and; even
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
τὰ ο the
ἀντιστηρίγματα αντιστηριγμα Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
ο the
ὕβρις υβρις insolence; insult
τῆς ο the
ἰσχύος ισχυς force
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Μαγδώλου μαγδωλος till; until
Συήνης συηνη short sword
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:6
כֹּ֚ה ˈkō כֹּה thus
אָמַ֣ר ʔāmˈar אמר say
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָֽפְלוּ֙ nˈāfᵊlû נפל fall
סֹמְכֵ֣י sōmᵊḵˈê סמך support
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend
גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height
עֻזָּ֑הּ ʕuzzˈāh עֹז power
מִ mi מִן from
מִּגְדֹּ֣ל סְוֵנֵ֗ה mmiḡdˈōl sᵊwēnˈē מִגְדֹּל סְוֵנֵה from Migdol to Aswan
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
יִפְּלוּ־ yippᵊlû- נפל fall
בָ֔הּ vˈāh בְּ in
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
30:6. haec dicit Dominus Deus et corruent fulcientes Aegyptum et destruetur superbia imperii eius a turre Syenes gladio cadent in ea ait Dominus exercituum
Thus saith the Lord God: They also that uphold Egypt shall fall, and the pride of her empire shall be brought down: from the tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord the God of hosts.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6. “Подпоры”, должно быть, тоже, что “основания” в ст. 4. Союзники. - “Гордыня могущества” все дающее силу и мнимую несокрушимость; ср. XXIV:21; VII:24. - “От Мигдола до Сиены” см. объяснение XXIX:12.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:6: See the marginal reference note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:6: They also: Job 9:13; Isa 20:3-6, Isa 31:3; Nah 3:9
from the tower of Syene: or, from Migdol to Syene, Eze 29:10
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
30:6
All the supports and helpers of Egypt will fall, and the whole land with its cities will be laid waste. - Ezek 30:6. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Those who support Egypt will fall, and its proud might will sink; from Migdol to Syene will they fall by the sword therein, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 30:7. And they will lie waste in the midst of waste lands, and its cities be in the midst of desolate cities. Ezek 30:8. They shall learn that I am Jehovah, when I bring fire into Egypt, and all its helpers are shattered. Ezek 30:9. In that day will messengers go forth from me in ships to terrify the confident Ethiopia, and there will be writing among them as in the day of Egypt; for, behold, it cometh. - "Those who support Egypt" are not the auxiliary tribes and allies, for they are included in the term עזריה in Ezek 30:8, but the idols and princes (Ezek 30:13), the fortified cities (Ezek 30:15), and the warriors (Ezek 30:17), who formed the foundation of the might of the kingdom. גּאון , "the pride of its might," which is an expression applied in Ezek 24:21 to the temple at Jerusalem, is to be taken here in a general sense, and understood not merely of the temples and idols of Egypt, but as the sum total of all the things on which the Egyptians rested the might of their kingdom, and on the ground of which they regarded it as indestructible. For 'ממּגדּל וגו, see the comm. on Ezek 29:10. The subject to יפּלוּ בהּ is the 'סמכי מצר. Ezek 30:7 is almost a literal repetition of Ezek 29:12; and the subject to נשׁמּוּ is מצרים regarded as a country, though the number and gender of the verb have both been regulated by the form of the noun. The fire which God will bring into Egypt (Ezek 30:8) is the fire of war. Ezek 30:9. The tidings of this judgment of God will be carried by messengers to Ethiopia, and there awaken the most terrible dread of a similar fate. In the first hemistich, the prophet has Is 18:2 floating before his mind. The messengers, who carry the tidings thither, are not the warlike forces of Chaldea, who are sent thither by God; for they would not be content with performing the service of messengers alone. We have rather to think of Egyptians, who flee by ship to Ethiopia. The messengers go, מלפני, from before Jehovah, who is regarded as being present in Egypt, while executing judgment there (cf. Is 19:1). צים, as in Num 24:24 = ציּים (Dan 11:30), ships, trieres, according to the Rabbins, in Hieron. Symm. on Is 33:21, and the Targum on Num. (cf. Ges. Thes. p. 1156). בּטח is attached to כּוּשׁ, Cush secure or confident, equivalent to the confident Cush (Ewald, 287c). 'והיתה חלח, repeated from Ezek 30:4. בּהם, among the Ethiopians. 'כּיום מצר, as in the day of Egypt, i.e., not the present day of Egypt's punishment, for the Ethiopians have only just heard of this from the messengers; but the ancient, well-known day of judgment upon Egypt (Ex 15:12.). Ewald and Hitzig follow the lxx in taking כּיום for בּיום; but this is both incorrect and unsuitable, and reduces 'בּיום מצר into a tame repetition of בּיּום החוּא. The subject to הנּה באה is to be taken from the context, viz., that which is predicted in the preceding verses (Ezek 30:6-8).
Geneva 1599
30:6 Thus saith the LORD; They also that uphold Egypt shall fall; and the pride of her power shall come down: from the tower of (b) Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
(b) Which was a strong city of Egypt, (Ezek 29:10).
John Gill
30:6 Thus saith the Lord, they also that uphold Egypt shall fall,.... That is, by the sword; either their allies and auxiliaries without, that supported the Egyptians with men and money; or their principal people within, their nobles that supported their state with their estates, their counsellors with their wisdom, their soldiers with their valour and courage:
and the pride of her power shall come down; or the power they were proud of, the dominion and grandeur they boasted of; the greatness of their king, and the largeness of their empire, with the wealth and riches of it:
from the tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord God; or rather, from "Migdol to Syene"; so the Septuagint and Arabic versions, from one end of Egypt to the other; the sword would ravage, and multitudes fall by it, in all cities and towns, between the one and the other; which denotes the general slaughter that should be made; See Gill on Ezek 29:10.
John Wesley
30:6 Upheld - Those that favour and help her. The pride - The glory of all her strength.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:6 from the tower of Syene--(see on Ezek 29:10).
30:730:7: եւ աւերեսցի ՚ի մէջ ապականեալ աշխարհաց, եւ քաղաքք նոցա ՚ի մէջ քաղաքաց աւերելոց[12774]։ [12774] Ոսկան. Եւ աւարեսցի ՚ի մէջ ա՛՛։
7 “Եւ աւերուելու է երկրիրը կործանուած երկրների մէջ, նրա քաղաքներն էլ՝ աւերուած քաղաքների մէջ:
7 «Ամայացած երկիրներու մէջ ամայի պիտի ըլլան եւ անոր քաղաքները կործանուած քաղաքներու մէջ պիտի ըլլան։
եւ աւերեսցին ի մէջ ապականեալ աշխարհաց, եւ քաղաքք [658]նոցա ի մէջ քաղաքաց աւերելոց:

30:7: եւ աւերեսցի ՚ի մէջ ապականեալ աշխարհաց, եւ քաղաքք նոցա ՚ի մէջ քաղաքաց աւերելոց[12774]։
[12774] Ոսկան. Եւ աւարեսցի ՚ի մէջ ա՛՛։
7 “Եւ աւերուելու է երկրիրը կործանուած երկրների մէջ, նրա քաղաքներն էլ՝ աւերուած քաղաքների մէջ:
7 «Ամայացած երկիրներու մէջ ամայի պիտի ըլլան եւ անոր քաղաքները կործանուած քաղաքներու մէջ պիտի ըլլան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:730:7 И опустеет он среди опустошенных земель, и города его будут среди опустошенных городов.
30:7 καὶ και and; even ἐρημωθήσεται ερημοω desolate; desert ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle χωρῶν χωρα territory; estate ἠρημωμένων ερημοω desolate; desert καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle πόλεων πολις city ἠρημωμένων ερημοω desolate; desert ἔσονται ειμι be
30:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָשַׁ֕מּוּ nāšˈammû שׁמם be desolate בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst אֲרָצֹ֣ות ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth נְשַׁמֹּ֑ות nᵊšammˈôṯ שׁמם be desolate וְ wᵊ וְ and עָרָ֕יו ʕārˈāʸw עִיר town בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town נַחֲרָבֹ֖ות naḥᵃrāvˌôṯ חרב be dry תִּֽהְיֶֽינָה׃ tˈihyˈeʸnā היה be
30:7. et dissipabuntur in medio terrarum desolatarum et urbes eius in medio civitatum desertarum eruntAnd they shall be desolate in the midst of the lands that are desolate, and the cities thereof shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted.
7. And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that are desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted.
And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries [that are] desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities [that are] wasted:

30:7 И опустеет он среди опустошенных земель, и города его будут среди опустошенных городов.
30:7
καὶ και and; even
ἐρημωθήσεται ερημοω desolate; desert
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
χωρῶν χωρα territory; estate
ἠρημωμένων ερημοω desolate; desert
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
πόλεων πολις city
ἠρημωμένων ερημοω desolate; desert
ἔσονται ειμι be
30:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָשַׁ֕מּוּ nāšˈammû שׁמם be desolate
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֖וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
אֲרָצֹ֣ות ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
נְשַׁמֹּ֑ות nᵊšammˈôṯ שׁמם be desolate
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָרָ֕יו ʕārˈāʸw עִיר town
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst
עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
נַחֲרָבֹ֖ות naḥᵃrāvˌôṯ חרב be dry
תִּֽהְיֶֽינָה׃ tˈihyˈeʸnā היה be
30:7. et dissipabuntur in medio terrarum desolatarum et urbes eius in medio civitatum desertarum erunt
And they shall be desolate in the midst of the lands that are desolate, and the cities thereof shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7. См. объяснение ХХIX:12.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:7: Shall be desolate - All these countries shall be desolated, and the places named shall be chief in these desolations.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:7: Eze 29:12, Eze 32:18-32; Jer 25:18-26, Jer 46:1-51:64
John Gill
30:7 And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that are desolate,.... Or among them, shall be ranked with them, and be as desolate as they are; as Judea and other countries, ravaged by the same enemy:
and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted; undergo the same fate as they have done, as Jerusalem and others. The cities of Egypt were very numerous; Diodorus Siculus (n) says, that in ancient times Egypt had cities and villages of note, more than 18,000. Herodotus (o) writes, that it was said, that under King Amasis there were 20,000 cities in it; and the first mentioned writer (p) says, under Ptolemy Lagus they were reckoned more than 30,000; and, according to Theocritus (q), under Ptolemy Philadelphus they were 33,339.
(n) Bibl. l. 1. p. 19. (o) Euterpe, sive l. 2. c. 177. (p) Bibl. l. 1. p. 19. (q) Idyll. 17. v. 82.
John Wesley
30:7 They - All those before mentioned.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:7 in the midst of . . . countries . . . desolate--Egypt shall fare no better than they (Ezek 29:10).
30:830:8: Եւ ծանիցեն՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր, յորժամ արկից հուր ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոցն. եւ խորտակեսցին ամենայն օգնականք նորա։
8 Ու պէտք է իմանան, որ եմ եմ Տէրը, երբ կրակ գցեմ Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ: Խորտակուելու են նրա բոլոր օգնականները:
8 Երբ Եգիպտոսի մէջ կրակ ձգեմ ու անոր բոլոր օգնականները կոտորուին, պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը։
եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր, յորժամ արկից հուր ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոցն, եւ խորտակեսցին ամենայն օգնականք նորա:

30:8: Եւ ծանիցեն՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր, յորժամ արկից հուր ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոցն. եւ խորտակեսցին ամենայն օգնականք նորա։
8 Ու պէտք է իմանան, որ եմ եմ Տէրը, երբ կրակ գցեմ Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ: Խորտակուելու են նրա բոլոր օգնականները:
8 Երբ Եգիպտոսի մէջ կրակ ձգեմ ու անոր բոլոր օգնականները կոտորուին, պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:830:8 И узнают, что Я Господь, когда пошлю огонь на Египет, и все подпоры его будут сокрушены.
30:8 καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ὅταν οταν when; once δῶ διδωμι give; deposit πῦρ πυρ fire ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even συντριβῶσι συντριβω fracture; smash πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the βοηθοῦντες βοηθεω help αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
30:8 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תִתִּי־ ṯittî- נתן give אֵ֣שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁבְּר֖וּ nišbᵊrˌû שׁבר break כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עֹזְרֶֽיהָ׃ ʕōzᵊrˈeʸhā עזר help
30:8. et scient quoniam ego Dominus cum dedero ignem in Aegyptum et adtriti fuerint omnes auxiliatores eiusAnd they shall know that I am the Lord: when I shall have set a fire in Egypt, and all the helpers thereof shall be destroyed.
8. And they shall know that I am the LORD, when I have set a fire in Egypt, and all her helpers are destroyed.
And they shall know that I [am] the LORD, when I have set a fire in Egypt, and [when] all her helpers shall be destroyed:

30:8 И узнают, что Я Господь, когда пошлю огонь на Египет, и все подпоры его будут сокрушены.
30:8
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὅταν οταν when; once
δῶ διδωμι give; deposit
πῦρ πυρ fire
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
συντριβῶσι συντριβω fracture; smash
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
βοηθοῦντες βοηθεω help
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
30:8
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תִתִּי־ ṯittî- נתן give
אֵ֣שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁבְּר֖וּ nišbᵊrˌû שׁבר break
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עֹזְרֶֽיהָ׃ ʕōzᵊrˈeʸhā עזר help
30:8. et scient quoniam ego Dominus cum dedero ignem in Aegyptum et adtriti fuerint omnes auxiliatores eius
And they shall know that I am the Lord: when I shall have set a fire in Egypt, and all the helpers thereof shall be destroyed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8. “Огонь” - война. “Подпоры” евр. то же, что в ст. 6: озрейа: должно быть - “основания” ст. 4; слав. “помагающии”.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:8: shall know: Eze 28:24, Eze 28:26, Eze 29:6, Eze 29:9, Eze 29:16; Psa 58:11
when I: Eze 30:14, Eze 30:16, Eze 22:31; Deu 32:22; Isa 42:25; Lam 4:11; Amo 1:4, Amo 1:7, Amo 1:10, Amo 1:12, Amo 1:14; Amo 2:2, Amo 2:5; Nah 1:5, Nah 1:6
destroyed: Heb. broken, Eze 30:6
John Gill
30:8 And they shall know that I am the Lord,.... The Egyptians shall know the Lord to be the true God, and acknowledge him to be omniscient and omnipotent, that should so exactly foretell their destruction, and accomplish it:
when I have set a fire in Egypt: a war there; the heat of battle, very devouring and consuming, as well as very grievous and terrible, as fire is. The Targum is,
"when I shall give (or set) people that are strong as fire against Egypt;''
the army of the Chaldeans:
and when all her helpers shall be destroyed; her auxiliaries, the neighbouring nations in alliance with them, before mentioned.
John Wesley
30:8 Destroyed - The fire that consumes nations is of God's kindling: and when he sets fire to a kingdom, all they that go about to quench the fire, shall be consumed by it.
30:930:9: Յաւուր յայնմիկ ելցեն հրեշտակք յերեսաց իմոց տագնապաւ՝ ապականել զսնոտի յոյսն Եթւովպացւոց, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ՚ի նոսա յաւուրն Եգիպտացւոց. քանզի ահաւասիկ հասեալ է[12775]։ [12775] Ոմանք. Զսնոտի յոյսն Եգիպտացւոց։
9 Այն օրը տագնապով հրեշտակներ են ելնելու իմ կողմից՝ ոչնչացնելու եթովպացիների սին յոյսերը: Խռովութիւն է լինելու նրանց մէջ՝ եգիպտացիների վախճանի օրը, քանի որ ահա այն հասել է”:
9 Այն օրը իմ առջեւէս նաւերով դեսպաններ պիտի ելլեն, որպէս զի ապահովութեան մէջ եղող Եթովպիացիները վախցնեն եւ անոնց վրայ սաստիկ խռովութիւն ըլլայ Եգիպտոսի օրուանը պէս. վասն զի ահա ան կու գայ»։
Յաւուր յայնմիկ ելցեն հրեշտակք յերեսաց իմոց [659]տագնապաւ` ապականել զսնոտի յոյսն Եթէովպացւոց``, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ի նոսա [660]յաւուրն Եգիպտացւոց, քանզի ահաւասիկ հասեալ է:

30:9: Յաւուր յայնմիկ ելցեն հրեշտակք յերեսաց իմոց տագնապաւ՝ ապականել զսնոտի յոյսն Եթւովպացւոց, եւ եղիցի խռովութիւն ՚ի նոսա յաւուրն Եգիպտացւոց. քանզի ահաւասիկ հասեալ է[12775]։
[12775] Ոմանք. Զսնոտի յոյսն Եգիպտացւոց։
9 Այն օրը տագնապով հրեշտակներ են ելնելու իմ կողմից՝ ոչնչացնելու եթովպացիների սին յոյսերը: Խռովութիւն է լինելու նրանց մէջ՝ եգիպտացիների վախճանի օրը, քանի որ ահա այն հասել է”:
9 Այն օրը իմ առջեւէս նաւերով դեսպաններ պիտի ելլեն, որպէս զի ապահովութեան մէջ եղող Եթովպիացիները վախցնեն եւ անոնց վրայ սաստիկ խռովութիւն ըլլայ Եգիպտոսի օրուանը պէս. վասն զի ահա ան կու գայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:930:9 В тот день пойдут от Меня вестники на кораблях, чтобы устрашить беспечных Ефиоплян, и распространится у них ужас, как в день Египта; ибо вот, он идет.
30:9 ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out ἄγγελοι αγγελος messenger σπεύδοντες σπευδω hurry ἀφανίσαι αφανιζω obscure; hide τὴν ο the Αἰθιοπίαν αιθιοπια and; even ἔσται ειμι be ταραχὴ ταραχη stirring ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ὅτι οτι since; that ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἥκει ηκω here
30:9 בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֗וּא hˈû הוּא he יֵצְא֨וּ yēṣᵊʔˌû יצא go out מַלְאָכִ֤ים malʔāḵˈîm מַלְאָךְ messenger מִ mi מִן from לְּ llᵊ לְ to פָנַי֙ fānˌay פָּנֶה face בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the צִּ֔ים ṣṣˈîm צִי ship לְ lᵊ לְ to הַחֲרִ֖יד haḥᵃrˌîḏ חרד tremble אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כּ֣וּשׁ kˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush בֶּ֑טַח bˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיְתָ֨ה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be חַלְחָלָ֤ה ḥalḥālˈā חַלְחָלָה anguish בָהֶם֙ vāhˌem בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that הִנֵּ֖ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold בָּאָֽה׃ ס bāʔˈā . s בוא come
30:9. in die illa egredientur nuntii a facie mea in trieribus ad conterendam Aethiopiae confidentiam et erit pavor in eis in die Aegypti quia absque dubio venietIn that day shall messengers go forth from my face in ships to destroy the confidence of Ethiopia, and there shall be dread among them in the day of Egypt: because it shall certainly come.
9. In that day shall messengers go forth from before me in ships to make the careless Ethiopians afraid; and there shall be anguish upon them, as in the day of Egypt; for, lo, it cometh.
In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships to make the careless Ethiopians afraid, and great pain shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt: for, lo, it cometh:

30:9 В тот день пойдут от Меня вестники на кораблях, чтобы устрашить беспечных Ефиоплян, и распространится у них ужас, как в день Египта; ибо вот, он идет.
30:9
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἄγγελοι αγγελος messenger
σπεύδοντες σπευδω hurry
ἀφανίσαι αφανιζω obscure; hide
τὴν ο the
Αἰθιοπίαν αιθιοπια and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ταραχὴ ταραχη stirring
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἥκει ηκω here
30:9
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֗וּא hˈû הוּא he
יֵצְא֨וּ yēṣᵊʔˌû יצא go out
מַלְאָכִ֤ים malʔāḵˈîm מַלְאָךְ messenger
מִ mi מִן from
לְּ llᵊ לְ to
פָנַי֙ fānˌay פָּנֶה face
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
צִּ֔ים ṣṣˈîm צִי ship
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַחֲרִ֖יד haḥᵃrˌîḏ חרד tremble
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כּ֣וּשׁ kˈûš כּוּשׁ Cush
בֶּ֑טַח bˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיְתָ֨ה hāyᵊṯˌā היה be
חַלְחָלָ֤ה ḥalḥālˈā חַלְחָלָה anguish
בָהֶם֙ vāhˌem בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
הִנֵּ֖ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
בָּאָֽה׃ ס bāʔˈā . s בוא come
30:9. in die illa egredientur nuntii a facie mea in trieribus ad conterendam Aethiopiae confidentiam et erit pavor in eis in die Aegypti quia absque dubio veniet
In that day shall messengers go forth from my face in ships to destroy the confidence of Ethiopia, and there shall be dread among them in the day of Egypt: because it shall certainly come.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9. “Пойдут от Меня”. Бог представляется присутствующим в Египте для суда над ними, посему “от Меня” то же, что “из Египта”. - “Вестники” - спасшиеся от истребления египтяне. - “На кораблях”, на которых страшная весть могла быть разнесена во все концы прорезанной реками Ефиопии (ср. Ис XVIII:2). Евр циим (еще Чис XXIV:24; Ис XXXII:21), вероятно, египетского корня, - тайи, быстроходные суда; по блаж. Иерониму трирема (так он “слышал от евреев”). Слав. дуплет,: “в Сиеим (транскрипция, - в смысле страны), тщащеся”. - “День Египта” - гибели его: “в” в евр. нет.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:9: Messengers go forth from me in ships - Ships can ascend the Nile up to Syene or Essuan, by the cataracts; and when Nebuchadnezzar's vessels went up, they struck terror into the Ethiopians. They are represented here as the "messengers of God."
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:9: Careless Ethiopians - The Ethiopians, who were dwelling in fancied security Zep 2:15, shall tremble at Egypt's ruin.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:9: messengers: Eze 30:5, Eze 30:6; Isa 18:1, Isa 18:2, Isa 20:3, Isa 20:5; Zep 2:12
careless: Eze 38:11, Eze 39:6; Jdg 18:7; Isa 32:9-11, Isa 47:8; Jer 49:31; Zep 2:15; Th1 5:2
great: Eze 30:4, Eze 26:16, Eze 27:35, Eze 32:9, Eze 32:10; Isa 19:17, Isa 23:5; Jer 49:21; Zac 11:2, Zac 11:3
lo: Eze 33:33; Amo 4:2
John Gill
30:9 In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships,.... Either by the river Nile, or by the Red sea, to Arabia Felix, which some think is meant by Ethiopia. Cush or Ethiopia was encompassed about with water, so that there was no coming to it but by ships; see Gen 2:13, compare with this Is 18:1, the messengers here were either such who under a divine impulse, or however by the providence of God, were directed to go to Ethiopia, and tell them the news of the destruction of Egypt; or these were messengers sent by the king of Babylon, to demand a surrender of their country to him; or it may design him himself, and his army, who marched thither to subdue that country also, after the conquest of Egypt. So the Targum,
"at that time messengers shall go forth from before me with legions;''
and because all this was by the appointment and providence of God, they are represented as messengers sent by him:
to make the careless Ethiopians afraid; with the news of the fall of Egypt their confederate, and of a mighty army coming against them; who had dwelt securely and confidently, at ease and unconcerned, without any sense of danger, or fear of any enemy:
and great pain shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt; either as of old, when the plagues were on Egypt, and especially when they were drowning in the Red sea; or as of late, when the sword was in Egypt, and ravaging there:
for, lo, it cometh; the same day was coming on them as came on Egypt, the day of the Lord, a cloudy one, and the time of the Heathen; it was certain, just at hand, and there was no escaping it; see Ezek 30:3.
John Wesley
30:9 Messengers - Such as having escaped the sword, shall tell the news. From me - By my permission and providence. In ship's - Messengers by ships might carry the news to both the Ethiopian, Asian, and African, by the Red - sea. As in the day - During the mighty havock made by the Chaldeans. It - A like storm.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:9 messengers . . . in ships to . . . Ethiopians-- (Is 18:1-2). The cataracts interposing between them and Egypt should not save them. Egyptians "fleeing from before Me" in My execution of judgment, as "messengers" in "skiffs" ("vessels of bulrushes," Is 18:2) shall go up the Nile as far as navigable, to announce the advance of the Chaldeans.
as in the day of Egypt--The day of Ethiopia's "pain" shall come shortly, as Egypt's day came.
30:1030:10: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն Եգիպտացւոցն, ՚ի ձեռն Նաբուքոդոնոսորայ արքային Բաբելացւոց.
10 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Եգիպտացիների զօրքերը կորստեան եմ մատնելու բաբելացիների արքայ Նաբուքոդոնոսորի ձեռքով, ե՛ւ իրեն, ե՛ւ իր ազգն էլ՝ հետը:
10 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Եգիպտոսի հարստութիւնն ալ Բաբելոնի ձեռքով պիտի ջնջեմ։
Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն Եգիպտացւոցն ի ձեռն Նաբուքոդոնոսորայ արքային Բաբելացւոց:

30:10: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն Եգիպտացւոցն, ՚ի ձեռն Նաբուքոդոնոսորայ արքային Բաբելացւոց.
10 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Եգիպտացիների զօրքերը կորստեան եմ մատնելու բաբելացիների արքայ Նաբուքոդոնոսորի ձեռքով, ե՛ւ իրեն, ե՛ւ իր ազգն էլ՝ հետը:
10 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Եգիպտոսի հարստութիւնն ալ Բաբելոնի ձեռքով պիտի ջնջեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1030:10 Так говорит Господь Бог: положу конец многолюдству Египта рукою Навуходоносора, царя Вавилонского.
30:10 τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian διὰ δια through; because of χειρὸς χειρ hand Ναβουχοδονοσορ ναβουχοδονοσορ monarch; king Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
30:10 כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁבַּתִּי֙ hišbattˌî שׁבת cease אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הֲמֹ֣ון hᵃmˈôn הָמֹון commotion מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַ֖ד yˌaḏ יָד hand נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּ֥ר nᵊvûḵaḏreṣṣˌar נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר Nebuchadnezzar מֶלֶךְ־ meleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king בָּבֶֽל׃ bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel
30:10. haec dicit Dominus Deus et cessare faciam multitudinem Aegypti in manu Nabuchodonosor regis BabylonisThus saith the Lord God: I will make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nabuchodonosor the king of Babylon.
10. Thus saith the Lord GOD: I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease, by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon.
Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon:

30:10 Так говорит Господь Бог: положу конец многолюдству Египта рукою Навуходоносора, царя Вавилонского.
30:10
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
διὰ δια through; because of
χειρὸς χειρ hand
Ναβουχοδονοσορ ναβουχοδονοσορ monarch; king
Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
30:10
כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus
אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁבַּתִּי֙ hišbattˌî שׁבת cease
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הֲמֹ֣ון hᵃmˈôn הָמֹון commotion
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַ֖ד yˌaḏ יָד hand
נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּ֥ר nᵊvûḵaḏreṣṣˌar נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר Nebuchadnezzar
מֶלֶךְ־ meleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
בָּבֶֽל׃ bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel
30:10. haec dicit Dominus Deus et cessare faciam multitudinem Aegypti in manu Nabuchodonosor regis Babylonis
Thus saith the Lord God: I will make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nabuchodonosor the king of Babylon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10. Как в XVI:7: и сл.; XXII:11: и сл., орудие гибели только теперь. - “Многолюдству” - евр. тоже гамон что в XXIX:19: и ст. 4. Египет был особенно густо населен. Но здесь главным образом разумеются пестрые войска (гамон - толпа, в ХХХIX:11: о полчищах Гога).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:10: I will: Eze 29:4, Eze 29:5, Eze 29:19, Eze 32:11-16
by the: Eze 30:24, Eze 30:25
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
30:10
The executors of the judgment. - Ezek 30:10. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, And I will put an end to the tumult of Egypt through Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon. Ezek 30:11. He and his people with him, violent of the nations, will be brought to destroy the land; they will draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the land with slain. Ezek 30:12. And I will make the rivers dry, and sell the land into the hand of wicked men, and lay waste the land and its fulness by the hand of foreigners; I Jehovah have spoken it. - המון cannot be understood as signifying either the multitude of people only, or the abundance of possessions alone; for השׁבּית is not really applicable to either of these meanings. They are evidently both included in the המון, which signifies the tumult of the people in the possession and enjoyment of their property (cf. Ezek 26:13). The expression is thus specifically explained in Ezek 30:11 and Ezek 30:12. Nebuchadnezzar will destroy the land with his men of war, slaying the people with its possessions. עריצי, as in Ezek 28:7. מוּבאים, as in Ezek 23:42. 'הריק וגו, cf. Ezek 12:14, Ezek 12:28; 7. חלל...מלאוּ, as in Ezek 11:6. יארים, the arms and canals of the Nile, by which the land was watered, and on which the fertility and prosperity of Egypt depended. The drying up of the arms of the Nile must not be restricted, therefore, to the fact that God would clear away the hindrances to the entrance of the Chaldeans into the land, but embraces also the removal of the natural resources on which the country depended. מכר, to sell a land or people into the hand of any one, i.e., to deliver it into his power (cf. Deut 32:30; Judg 2:14, etc.). For the fact itself, see Is 19:4-6. For 'השׁמּתי וגו, see Ezek 19:7.
John Gill
30:10 Thus saith the Lord God, I will make the multitude of Egypt to cease,.... The vast numbers of people that inhabited Egypt; some of its cities were very populous, especially the city No, after mentioned; but now the numbers should be greatly lessened, and the whole land sadly depopulated: or the "noise" (r), "tumult", and hurry of it; which is very great where there are large numbers of people, and which ceases when they are cut off. The Syriac version renders it, the riches of Egypt. Now the instrument God would make use of to do all this is mentioned by name, as follows,
by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon; the then greatest monarch in the world.
(r) "strepitum", Vatablus, Cocceius.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:10 the multitude--the large population.
30:1130:11: զնա՝ եւ զազգ նորա ընդ նմա. ժանտագործք յազգաց առաքեսցին կործանել զերկիրն, եւ թափեսցեն զամենայն սուրս իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի, եւ լցցի երկիրն վիրաւորօք[12776]։ [12776] Բազումք. Եւ թափեսցեն զսուրս իւր՛՛։
11 Հեթանոս ազգերից չարագործներ են ուղարկուելու երկիրը կործանելու համար եւ իջեցնելու են իրենց սրերը Եգիպտոսի վրայ. երկիրը լցուելու է սպանուածներով:
11 Անիկա ու անոր հետ իր ժողովուրդը, ազգերուն բռնաւորները, երկիրը աւերելու պիտի գան։ Անոնք իրենց սուրերը Եգիպտոսի վրայ պիտի քաշեն ու երկիրը սպաննուածներով պիտի լեցնեն։
[661]զնա եւ զազգ`` նորա ընդ նմա ժանտագործք յազգաց, առաքեսցին կործանել զերկիրն, եւ թափեսցեն զսուրս իւրեանց ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի, եւ լցցի երկիրն վիրաւորօք:

30:11: զնա՝ եւ զազգ նորա ընդ նմա. ժանտագործք յազգաց առաքեսցին կործանել զերկիրն, եւ թափեսցեն զամենայն սուրս իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի, եւ լցցի երկիրն վիրաւորօք[12776]։
[12776] Բազումք. Եւ թափեսցեն զսուրս իւր՛՛։
11 Հեթանոս ազգերից չարագործներ են ուղարկուելու երկիրը կործանելու համար եւ իջեցնելու են իրենց սրերը Եգիպտոսի վրայ. երկիրը լցուելու է սպանուածներով:
11 Անիկա ու անոր հետ իր ժողովուրդը, ազգերուն բռնաւորները, երկիրը աւերելու պիտի գան։ Անոնք իրենց սուրերը Եգիպտոսի վրայ պիտի քաշեն ու երկիրը սպաննուածներով պիտի լեցնեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1130:11 Он и с ним народ его, лютейший из народов, приведены будут на погибель сей земли, и обнажат мечи свои на Египет, и наполнят землю пораженными.
30:11 αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him λοιμοὶ λοιμος pestilence; pest ἀπὸ απο from; away ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste ἀπεσταλμένοι αποστελλω send off / away ἀπολέσαι απολλυμι destroy; lose τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἐκκενώσουσιν εκκενοω all; every τὰς ο the μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even πλησθήσεται πληθω fill; fulfill ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land τραυματιῶν τραυματιας wounded one
30:11 ה֠וּא hû הוּא he וְ wᵊ וְ and עַמֹּ֤ו ʕammˈô עַם people אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with עָרִיצֵ֣י ʕārîṣˈê עָרִיץ ruthless גֹויִ֔ם ḡôyˈim גֹּוי people מֽוּבָאִ֖ים mˈûvāʔˌîm בוא come לְ lᵊ לְ to שַׁחֵ֣ת šaḥˈēṯ שׁחת destroy הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵרִ֤יקוּ hērˈîqû ריק be empty חַרְבֹותָם֙ ḥarᵊvôṯˌām חֶרֶב dagger עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וּ û וְ and מָלְא֥וּ mālᵊʔˌû מלא be full אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth חָלָֽל׃ ḥālˈāl חָלָל pierced
30:11. ipse et populus eius cum eo fortissimi gentium adducentur ad disperdendam terram et evaginabunt gladios suos super Aegyptum et implebunt terram interfectisHe and his people with him, the strongest of nations, shall be brought to destroy the land: and they shall draw their swords upon Egypt: and shall fill the land with the slain.
11. He and his people with him, the terrible of the nations, shall be brought in to destroy the land; and they shall draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the land with the slain.
He and his people with him, the terrible of the nations, shall be brought to destroy the land: and they shall draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the land with the slain:

30:11 Он и с ним народ его, лютейший из народов, приведены будут на погибель сей земли, и обнажат мечи свои на Египет, и наполнят землю пораженными.
30:11
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
λοιμοὶ λοιμος pestilence; pest
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
ἀπεσταλμένοι αποστελλω send off / away
ἀπολέσαι απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἐκκενώσουσιν εκκενοω all; every
τὰς ο the
μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
πλησθήσεται πληθω fill; fulfill
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας wounded one
30:11
ה֠וּא הוּא he
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַמֹּ֤ו ʕammˈô עַם people
אִתֹּו֙ ʔittˌô אֵת together with
עָרִיצֵ֣י ʕārîṣˈê עָרִיץ ruthless
גֹויִ֔ם ḡôyˈim גֹּוי people
מֽוּבָאִ֖ים mˈûvāʔˌîm בוא come
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שַׁחֵ֣ת šaḥˈēṯ שׁחת destroy
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵרִ֤יקוּ hērˈîqû ריק be empty
חַרְבֹותָם֙ ḥarᵊvôṯˌām חֶרֶב dagger
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וּ û וְ and
מָלְא֥וּ mālᵊʔˌû מלא be full
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חָלָֽל׃ ḥālˈāl חָלָל pierced
30:11. ipse et populus eius cum eo fortissimi gentium adducentur ad disperdendam terram et evaginabunt gladios suos super Aegyptum et implebunt terram interfectis
He and his people with him, the strongest of nations, shall be brought to destroy the land: and they shall draw their swords upon Egypt: and shall fill the land with the slain.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11. “Лютейший из народов” - см. объяснение VII:24; XXI:31; Вульг. fortissiomos, но в след. стихе то же евр. слово - pessimos. - “Наполнят землю пораженными”, слав. “язвенными” (ранеными) - XI:6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:11: the terrible: Eze 28:7, Eze 31:12, Eze 32:12; Deu 28:50; Isa 14:4-6; Jer 51:20-23; Hab 1:6-9
and fill: Eze 35:8, Eze 39:4, Eze 39:11-20; Isa 34:3-7; Zep 1:17, Zep 1:18, Rev 14:20, Rev 19:18
John Gill
30:11 He and his people with him,.... He and his army, consisting chiefly of Chaldeans; though there were of other nations among them, as were in his army when he besieged Jerusalem, as seems to be suggested in the next clause:
the terrible of the nations shall be brought to destroy the land; the Chaldeans, the most fierce, cruel, and terrible of all people, and others the most terrible that could be collected out of all nations under the yoke of the king of Babylon; and all of them terrible to the nations against whom they came, as now against Egypt to destroy it; see Hab 1:6,
and they shall draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the land with the slain; go through the land with their drawn swords, and kill all they meet; and not put them up till they have quite depopulated the land, and filled it with dead carcasses.
John Wesley
30:11 His people - His own subjects, not hired soldiers.
30:1230:12: Եւ տաց զգետս նորա յանապատ, եւ մատնեցից զերկիրն ՚ի ձեռս չարաց. եւ կորուսից զերկիրն լրիւ իւրով ձեռօք այլազգեաց. զի ես Տէր խօսեցայ[12777]։
12 Նրանց գետերի տեղը չոր անապատ եմ դարձնելու, երկիրը մատնելու եմ չարագործների ձեռքը, ամբողջ երկիրը այլազգիների ձեռքով մատնելու եմ կորստի, որովհետեւ դա ես՝ Տէրս եմ խօսել”:
12 Ես գետերը պիտի ցամքեցնեմ ու երկիրը չարերուն ձեռքը պիտի մատնեմ ու երկիրը եւ բոլոր անոր մէջ եղածը օտարներուն ձեռքով պիտի կորսնցնեմ. ես՝ Տէրս՝ խօսեցայ»։
Եւ տաց զգետս նոցա յանապատ, եւ մատնեցից զերկիրն ի ձեռս չարաց, եւ կորուսից զերկիրն լրիւ իւրով ձեռօք այլազգեաց, զի ես Տէր խօսեցայ:

30:12: Եւ տաց զգետս նորա յանապատ, եւ մատնեցից զերկիրն ՚ի ձեռս չարաց. եւ կորուսից զերկիրն լրիւ իւրով ձեռօք այլազգեաց. զի ես Տէր խօսեցայ[12777]։
12 Նրանց գետերի տեղը չոր անապատ եմ դարձնելու, երկիրը մատնելու եմ չարագործների ձեռքը, ամբողջ երկիրը այլազգիների ձեռքով մատնելու եմ կորստի, որովհետեւ դա ես՝ Տէրս եմ խօսել”:
12 Ես գետերը պիտի ցամքեցնեմ ու երկիրը չարերուն ձեռքը պիտի մատնեմ ու երկիրը եւ բոլոր անոր մէջ եղածը օտարներուն ձեռքով պիտի կորսնցնեմ. ես՝ Տէրս՝ խօսեցայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1230:12 И реки сделаю сушею и предам землю в руки злым, и рукою иноземцев опустошу землю и все, наполняющее ее. Я, Господь, сказал это.
30:12 καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τοὺς ο the ποταμοὺς ποταμος river αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐρήμους ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the πλήρωμα πληρωμα fullness; fulfillment αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in χερσὶν χειρ hand ἀλλοτρίων αλλοτριος another's; stranger ἐγὼ εγω I κύριος κυριος lord; master λελάληκα λαλεω talk; speak
30:12 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֤י nāṯattˈî נתן give יְאֹרִים֙ yᵊʔōrîm יְאֹר stream חָֽרָבָ֔ה ḥˈārāvˈā חָרָבָה dry ground וּ û וְ and מָכַרְתִּ֥י māḵartˌî מכר sell אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand רָעִ֑ים rāʕˈîm רַע evil וַ wa וְ and הֲשִׁמֹּתִ֞י hᵃšimmōṯˈî שׁמם be desolate אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth וּ û וְ and מְלֹאָהּ֙ mᵊlōʔˌāh מְלֹא fullness בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand זָרִ֔ים zārˈîm זָר strange אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ ס dibbˈartî . s דבר speak
30:12. et faciam alveos fluminum aridos et tradam terram in manu pessimorum et dissipabo terram et plenitudinem eius in manu alienorum ego Dominus locutus sumAnd I will make the channels of the rivers dry, and will deliver the land into the hand of the wicked: and will lay waste the land and all that is therein by the hands of strangers, I the Lord have spoken it.
12. And I will make the rivers dry, and will sell the land into the hand of evil men; and I will make the land desolate, and all that is therein, by the hand of strangers: I the LORD have spoken it.
And I will make the rivers dry, and sell the land into the hand of the wicked: and I will make the land waste, and all that is therein, by the hand of strangers: I the LORD have spoken:

30:12 И реки сделаю сушею и предам землю в руки злым, и рукою иноземцев опустошу землю и все, наполняющее ее. Я, Господь, сказал это.
30:12
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τοὺς ο the
ποταμοὺς ποταμος river
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐρήμους ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
πλήρωμα πληρωμα fullness; fulfillment
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
χερσὶν χειρ hand
ἀλλοτρίων αλλοτριος another's; stranger
ἐγὼ εγω I
κύριος κυριος lord; master
λελάληκα λαλεω talk; speak
30:12
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֤י nāṯattˈî נתן give
יְאֹרִים֙ yᵊʔōrîm יְאֹר stream
חָֽרָבָ֔ה ḥˈārāvˈā חָרָבָה dry ground
וּ û וְ and
מָכַרְתִּ֥י māḵartˌî מכר sell
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
רָעִ֑ים rāʕˈîm רַע evil
וַ wa וְ and
הֲשִׁמֹּתִ֞י hᵃšimmōṯˈî שׁמם be desolate
אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וּ û וְ and
מְלֹאָהּ֙ mᵊlōʔˌāh מְלֹא fullness
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
זָרִ֔ים zārˈîm זָר strange
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ ס dibbˈartî . s דבר speak
30:12. et faciam alveos fluminum aridos et tradam terram in manu pessimorum et dissipabo terram et plenitudinem eius in manu alienorum ego Dominus locutus sum
And I will make the channels of the rivers dry, and will deliver the land into the hand of the wicked: and will lay waste the land and all that is therein by the hands of strangers, I the Lord have spoken it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12. “Реки” - евр. йеорим, т. е. Нил и рукава его (сл. XXIX:3). Иссушение рукавов Нила для Египта равняется полной гибели страны. Угроза не имеет прямой связи с ходом мысли.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:12: I will make the rivers dry - As the overflowing of the Nile was the grand cause of fertility to Egypt, the drying it up, or preventing that annual inundation, must be the cause of dearth, famine, etc. By rivers, we may understand the various canals cut from the Nile to carry water into the different parts of the land. When the Nile did not rise to its usual height these canals were quite dry.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:12: I will make: Eze 29:3; Isa 19:4-10, Isa 44:27; Jer 50:38, Jer 51:36; Nah 1:4; Rev 16:12
dry: Heb. drought
sell: Jdg 2:14; Isa 19:4
all that is therein: Heb. the fullness thereof, Co1 10:26
by the hand: Eze 28:10, Eze 31:12
John Gill
30:12 And I will make the rivers dry,.... Egypt was a country that abounded with rivers; however, with canals cut from the river Nile; its wealth and riches very much depended here on, partly on account of the multitude of fishes taken out of them, and the paper reeds that grew upon their banks; but chiefly because the whole land, was watered by them, and made exceeding fruitful, rain being not so common in it; so that to dry up the riven was in effect to take away their substance and dependence; besides, hereby the way was made easy and passable for the enemy; there was nothing to obstruct him, he could overrun and ravage the land at pleasure:
and sell the land into the hand of the wicked; the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar, who were wicked idolaters, men of flagitious lives, and of merciless and cruel dispositions; who would show no favour to the inhabitants of the land, when delivered up to them, which is called a selling it; for, as things sold are delivered to the buyer, so should this land be to them; which though they had no right to it before, yet by the event of war, and disposal of divine Providence, came to have a property in it, given them by him who is the proprietor of all lands; and after them into the hands of the Persians, under Cambyses, and Ochus; who were very wicked and cruel princes, and may be reckoned among the terrible or violent ones of the nations in the preceding verse; and then into the hands of the Grecian, Romans, Saracen, Mamaluck, and now the Turks, all very wicked people:
and I will make the land waste, and all that is therein, by the hand of strangers; the Babylonians, people of another country and distant, of another language, and with whom they had no commerce, alliance, and friendship, and so would not spare them, and their land, when in their possession; and so all the rest above mentioned, into whose hands they successively fell:
I the Lord have spoken it; determined it, prophesied of it; and it shall come to pass, as it did accordingly.
John Wesley
30:12 The rivers dry - Probably the Chaldeans diverted them, and so their fortified towns wanted one great defence. Sell - Give it up entirely.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:12 rivers--the artificial canals made from the Nile for irrigation. The drying up of these would cause scarcity of grain, and so prepare the way for the invaders (Is 19:5-10).
30:1330:13: Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Կորուսից զգարշելիսն, եւ դադարեցուցից զմեծամեծս ՚ի Մեմփացւոց. եւ զիշխանս յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ ո՛չ եւս լինիցին. եւ արկից ա՛հ ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց.
13 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Կործանելու եմ գարշելի կուռքերը, վերջ եմ տալու մեմփացիների միջից մեծամեծներին, Եգիպտացիների երկրից էլ՝ իշխաններին. նրանք այլեւս չեն լինի: Սարսափ եմ գցելու Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ:
13 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Կուռքերն ալ բնաջինջ պիտի ընեմ ու Մեմփիսի չաստուածները պիտի ոչնչացնեմ։ Անգամ մըն ալ Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իշխան պիտի չելլէ ու Եգիպտոսի մէջ վախ պիտի դնեմ։
Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Եւ կորուսից զգարշելիսն, եւ դադարեցուցից [662]զմեծամեծս ի Մեմփացւոց, եւ [663]զիշխանս յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ ոչ եւս լինիցին``. եւ արկից ահ ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց:

30:13: Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Կորուսից զգարշելիսն, եւ դադարեցուցից զմեծամեծս ՚ի Մեմփացւոց. եւ զիշխանս յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ ո՛չ եւս լինիցին. եւ արկից ա՛հ ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց.
13 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Կործանելու եմ գարշելի կուռքերը, վերջ եմ տալու մեմփացիների միջից մեծամեծներին, Եգիպտացիների երկրից էլ՝ իշխաններին. նրանք այլեւս չեն լինի: Սարսափ եմ գցելու Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ:
13 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Կուռքերն ալ բնաջինջ պիտի ընեմ ու Մեմփիսի չաստուածները պիտի ոչնչացնեմ։ Անգամ մըն ալ Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իշխան պիտի չելլէ ու Եգիպտոսի մէջ վախ պիտի դնեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1330:13 Так говорит Господь Бог: истреблю идолов и уничтожу лжебогов в Мемфисе, и из земли Египетской не будет уже властителя, и наведу страх на землю Египетскую.
30:13 ὅτι οτι since; that τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose μεγιστᾶνας μεγιστανες magnate ἀπὸ απο from; away Μέμφεως μεμφις and; even ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔσονται ειμι be ἔτι ετι yet; still
30:13 כֹּֽה־ kˈō- כֹּה thus אָמַ֞ר ʔāmˈar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֗ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and הַאֲבַדְתִּ֨י haʔᵃvaḏtˌî אבד perish גִלּוּלִ֜ים ḡillûlˈîm גִּלּוּלִים idols וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁבַּתִּ֤י hišbattˈî שׁבת cease אֱלִילִים֙ ʔᵉlîlîm אֱלִיל god מִ mi מִן from נֹּ֔ף nnˈōf נֹף Memphis וְ wᵊ וְ and נָשִׂ֥יא nāśˌî נָשִׂיא chief מֵ mē מִן from אֶֽרֶץ־ ʔˈereṣ- אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be עֹ֑וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give יִרְאָ֖ה yirʔˌā יִרְאָה fear בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
30:13. haec dicit Dominus Deus et disperdam simulacra et cessare faciam idola de Memphis et dux de terra Aegypti non erit amplius et dabo terrorem in terra AegyptiThus saith the Lord God: I will also destroy the idols, and I will make an end of the idols of Memphis: and there shall: be no more a prince of the land of Egypt and I will cause a terror in the land of Egypt.
13. Thus saith the Lord GOD: I will also destroy the idols, and I will cause the images to cease from Noph; and there shall be no more a prince out of the land of Egypt: and I will put a fear in the land of Egypt.
Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will also destroy the idols, and I will cause [their] images to cease out of Noph; and there shall be no more a prince of the land of Egypt: and I will put a fear in the land of Egypt:

30:13 Так говорит Господь Бог: истреблю идолов и уничтожу лжебогов в Мемфисе, и из земли Египетской не будет уже властителя, и наведу страх на землю Египетскую.
30:13
ὅτι οτι since; that
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
μεγιστᾶνας μεγιστανες magnate
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Μέμφεως μεμφις and; even
ἄρχοντας αρχων ruling; ruler
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔσονται ειμι be
ἔτι ετι yet; still
30:13
כֹּֽה־ kˈō- כֹּה thus
אָמַ֞ר ʔāmˈar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֗ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַאֲבַדְתִּ֨י haʔᵃvaḏtˌî אבד perish
גִלּוּלִ֜ים ḡillûlˈîm גִּלּוּלִים idols
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁבַּתִּ֤י hišbattˈî שׁבת cease
אֱלִילִים֙ ʔᵉlîlîm אֱלִיל god
מִ mi מִן from
נֹּ֔ף nnˈōf נֹף Memphis
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָשִׂ֥יא nāśˌî נָשִׂיא chief
מֵ מִן from
אֶֽרֶץ־ ʔˈereṣ- אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יִֽהְיֶה־ yˈihyeh- היה be
עֹ֑וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give
יִרְאָ֖ה yirʔˌā יִרְאָה fear
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
30:13. haec dicit Dominus Deus et disperdam simulacra et cessare faciam idola de Memphis et dux de terra Aegypti non erit amplius et dabo terrorem in terra Aegypti
Thus saith the Lord God: I will also destroy the idols, and I will make an end of the idols of Memphis: and there shall: be no more a prince of the land of Egypt and I will cause a terror in the land of Egypt.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
13. “Идолов” - евр. гиллул, мерзости: VI:4. Разумеется, может быть, главным образом культ Фта, которого Мемфис был средоточием. - “Лжебогов” - евр. елилим соб. пустоты, суеты; разумеется, может быть, культ первого Аписа, средоточием которого тоже был Мемфис. Слово, более нигде не употребляющееся у Иезекииля и потому, может быть, читаемое LXX елим “вельможы” (Мемфисская династия; см. далее) - Мемфис. Евр. Ноф еще в ст. 16; Ис ХIX:13; Иер II:16; XLIV:1; XLVI:14, 19: и Моф Ос IX:6: так переводится LXX и Таргумом. Древне-египетский Мен - нефер этот город позднее в просторечии звался Пануф или Мануф (т. е. место добра) и к этой последней форме примыкает греческое и оба еврейские чтения его; ассир. Мимkи (Brugsch, Hist. I, 17); свящ. имя его Га-ка-пта (“дом почитания Пта”). Находился в Нижнем Египте, несколько к ю. от нынешнего Каира. По преданию основан Менесом (Гер. II, 99; напротив Диод. I, 50: и д.), был величайшим городом (по Диод. 150: стадий) Нижнего Египта; укрепленный (Диод. XV, 43) он был некоторое время царской резиденцией (Plin. V, 9). Саитическая династия и Априс жили впрочем в Саисе, но Амазис, по-видимому, в Мемфисе (Нег. II, 163, 154). До времен блаж. Иеронима, он, древний центр культа Пта и Аписа (Нег. II, 3, 10), был “столицей египетского суеверия”. - “Из земли Египетской не будет уже властителя”, не будет туземной династии. - “Страх” - пред величием Божиим, имеющий одолеть страх пред идолами. Об обращении Египта умалчивается.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:13: Their images to cease out of Noph - Afterwards Memphis, and now Cairo or Kahira. This was the seat of Egyptian idolatry; the place where Apis was particularly worshipped.
No more a prince of the land of Egypt - Not one, from that time to the present day. See the note on Eze 29:14.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:13: Noph - Memphis Isa 19:13.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:13: I will also: Exo 12:12; Isa 19:1-15; Jer 43:12, Jer 43:13, Jer 46:25; Zep 2:11; Zac 13:2
Noph: Isa 19:13; Jer 2:16, Jer 44:1, Jer 46:14; Hos 9:6, Memphis, Heb. Moph
there shall: Eze 29:14, Eze 29:15; Zac 10:11
put: Isa 19:16; Jer 46:5
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
30:13
Further Description of the Judgment
Ezek 30:13. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, I will exterminate the idols and cut off the deities from Noph, and there shall be no more a prince from the land of Egypt; and I put terror upon the land of Egypt. Ezek 30:14. And I lay Pathros waste, and bring fire into Zoan, and execute judgments upon No; Ezek 30:15. And I pour out my fury upon Sin, the stronghold of Egypt, and cut off the multitude of No; Ezek 30:16. And I put fire in Egypt; Sin will writhe in pain, and No will be broken open, and Noph - enemies by day. Ezek 30:17. The men of On and Bubastus will fall by the sword, and they themselves will go into captivity. Ezek 30:18. At Tachpanches the day will be darkened when I shatter the yokes of Egypt there, and an end will be put to its proud haughtiness; cloud will cover it, and its daughters till go into captivity. Ezek 30:19. And thus I execute judgments upon Egypt, that they may know that I am Jehovah. - Egypt will lose its idols and its princes (cf. Jer 46:25). גּלּוּלים and אלילים are synonymous, signifying not the images, but the deities; the former being the ordinary epithet applied to false deities by Ezekiel (see the comm. on Ezek 6:4), the latter traceable to the reading of Is 19:1. נף, contracted from מנף, Manoph or Menoph = מף in Hos 9:6, is Memphis, the ancient capital of Lower Egypt, with the celebrated temple of Ptah, one of the principal seats of Egyptian idolatry (see the comm. on Hos 9:6 and Is 19:13). In Ezek 30:13 מארץ מצר' belongs to נשׂיא, there shall be no more a prince from the land of Egypt, i.e., a native prince. נתן יראה, to put fear upon (cf. Ezek 26:17). From Lower Egypt Ezekiel passes in Ezek 30:14 to Upper Egypt (Pathros, see the comm. on Ezek 29:14), which is also to be laid waste, and then names several more of the principal cities of Lower Egypt along with the chief city of Upper Egypt. צען, Egypt. Zane, Copt. Jane, is the Τανίς, Tanis, of the Greeks and Romans, on the Tanitic arm of the Nile, an ancient city of Lower Egypt; see the comm. on Num 13:22 and Is 19:11. נא = נא אמון in Nahum 3:8, probably "abode of Amon," Egypt. P-amen, i.e., house of Amon, the sacred name of Thebes, the celebrated royal city of Upper Egypt, the Διὸς πόλις ἡ μεγάλη of the Greeks (see the comm. on Nahum 3:8). סין (literally, mire; compare the Aram. סין) is Πηλούσιον, Pelusium, which derives its name from πηλός (ὠνόμασται ἀπὸ τοῦ πηλοῦ πηλός, Strab. xvii. p. 802), because there were swamps all round. It was situated on the eastern arm of the Nile, to which it gave its name, at a distance of twenty stadia from the sea. The Egyptian name Pehromi also signifies dirty, or muddy. From this the Arabs have made Elfarama; and in the vicinity of the few ruins of the ancient Pelusium there is still a castle called Arab. t, Tineh (compare the Chaldee טינא, clay, in Dan 2:41). Ezekiel calls it the "fortress or bulwark of Egypt," because, as Strabo (l.c.) observes, "Egypt is difficult of access here from places in the East;" for which reason Hirtius (de bell. Al. c. 27) calls it "the key of Egypt," and Suidas (s.v.) "the key both of the entrance and exit of Egypt." On the history of this city, see Leyrer in Herzog's Encyclopaedia. In המון נא many of the commentators find a play upon the name of the god אמון (Jer 46:25), the chief deity of Thebes, which is possible, but not very probable, as we should not expect to find a god mentioned again here after Ezek 30:13; and הכרתּי would be inappropriate. - In Ezek 30:16 Sin (= Pelusium) is mentioned again as the border fortress, No (= Memphis) as the capital of Upper Egypt, as all falling within the range of the judgment. The expression נף צרי יומם has caused some difficulty and given occasion to various conjectures, none of which, however, commend themselves as either simple or natural explanations.
(Note: Ewald proposes to alter צרי into צדי (after the Aramaean), "rust," and renders it: "Memphis will be eternal rust." But to this Hitzig has very properly objected that in Ezek 24:6, Ezek 24:11, rust is called חלאה; and that even in Ps 6:3 יומם does not mean perpetual or eternal. Hvernick proposes to explain צרים, from the Aramaean zer', to rend or tear in pieces, "Memphis shall become perpetual rents." To this also it may be objected, that צרים in Hebrew has the standing meaning of oppressors; and that יומם, interdiu, is not equivalent to perpetual; and still further, that the preposition ל could not be omitted before צרי.)
As Hitzig has correctly observed, צרי יומם is the same as שׁדד בּצּהרים in Jer 15:8, and is the opposite of שׁדדי לילה in Obad 1:5. The enemy who comes by day, not in the night, is the enemy who does not shun open attack. The connection with נף is to be explained by the same rule as Jer 24:2, "the one basket - very good figs." Memphis will have enemies in broad daylight, i.e., will be filled with them. און = און, אן, in Gen 41:45, Gen 41:50 (Egyptian An, or Anu), is the popular name of Heliopolis in Lower Egypt (see the comm. on Gen 41:45); and the form און (a vain thing, or idol) is probably selected intentionally in the sense of an idol-city (see the comm. on Hos 4:15), because On-Heliopolis (בּית־שׁמשׁ in Jer 43:13) was from time immemorial one of the principal seats of the Egyptian worship of the sun, and possessed a celebrated temple of the sun, with a numerous and learned priesthood (see the comm. on Gen 41:45, ed. 2). פּי־בסת, i.e., βουβαστός (lxx), or βουβαστίν (Herod. ii. 59), Egyptian Pi-Pasht, i.e., the place of Pasht, so called from the cat-headed Bubastis or Pasht, the Egyptian Diana, which was worshipped there in a splendid temple. It was situated on the royal canal leading to Suez, which was begun by Necho and finished under Ptolemy II, not far from its junction with the Pelusiac arm of the Nile. It was the chief seat of the Nomos Bubastites, was destroyed by the Persians, who demolished its walls (Diod. Sic. xvi. 51), and has entirely disappeared, with the exception of some heaps of ruins which still bear the name of Tel Bastah, about seven hours' journey from the Nile (compare Ges. Thes. pp. 1101ff., and Leyrer in Herzog's Encyclopaedia, s.v.). The Nomos of Bubastis, according to Herod. ii. 166, was assigned to the warrior-caste of Calasirians. The בּחוּרים, the young military men, will fall by the sword; and הנּה, not αἱ γυναῖκες (lxx and others), but the cities themselves, i.e., their civil population as distinguished from the military garrison, shall go into exile. This explanation of הנּה is commended by בּנותיה in Ezek 30:18. תּחפנחס or תּחפּנחס (Jer 43:7., Ezek 44:1; Ezek 46:14), and תּחפנס in Jer 2:16 (Chetib), is Τάφναι, Τάφνη (lxx), or Δάφναι (Herod. ii. 30. 107), a frontier city of Egypt in the vicinity of Pelusium, after the time of Psammetichus a fortification with a strong garrison, where a palace of Pharaoh was also to be found, according to Jer 43:9. After the destruction of Jerusalem, a portion of the Jews took refuge there, and to them Jeremiah predicted the punishment of God on the conquest of Egypt by Nebuchadnezzar (Jer 43:7., Ezek 44:1.). In the case of השך the reading varies; the printed Masora at Gen 39:3 giving חשׂך as the reading to be found in all the codices examined by the author of the Masora; whereas many of the codices and printed editions have חשׁך, and this is adopted in all the ancient versions. This is evidently the correct reading, as חשׂך does not furnish an appropriate meaning, and the parallel passages, Ezek 32:8; Is 13:10; Joel 3:4; Amos 8:9, all favour חשׁך. The darkening of the day is the phenomenal prognostic of the dawning of the great day of judgment upon the nations (cf. Joel 2:10; Joel 3:4, Joel 3:15; Is 13:10, etc.). This day is to dawn upon Egypt at Tachpanches, the border fortress of the land towards Syria and Palestine, when the Lord will break the yokes of Egypt. These words point back to Lev 26:13, where the deliverance of Israel from the bondage of Egypt is called the breaking in pieces of its yokes (see also Ezek 34:27). That which took place then is to be repeated here. The yokes which Egypt put upon the nations are to be broken; and all the proud might of that kingdom is to be brought to an end (גּאון עזּהּ, as in Ezek 30:6). In Ezek 30:18, היא, which stands at the head in an absolute form, points back to בּתּחפנחס. The city (Daphne) will be covered with cloud, i.e., will be overthrown by the judgment; and her daughters, i.e., the smaller cities and hamlets dependent upon her (cf. Ezek 16:46 and Ezek 26:6), will go into captivity in the persons of their inhabitants. It follows from this that Daphne was the chief city of a Nomos in Lower Egypt; and this is confirmed by the circumstance that there was a royal palace there. If we compare the threat in this verse, that in Tachpanches an end is to be put to the proud might of Pharaoh, with the threatening words of Jer 43:9., to the effect that Nebuchadnezzar would set up his throne at Tachpanches and smite Egypt, it is evident that the situation of Daphne must at that time have been such that the war between Egypt and Babylonia would necessarily be decided in or near this city. These prophetic utterances cannot be explained, as Kliefoth supposes, from the fact that many Jews had settled in Daphne; nor do the contents of this verse furnish any proof that Ezekiel did not utter this prophecy of his till after the Jews had settled there (Jer 43:1-13 and 44). Ezek 30:19 serves to round off the prophecy.
John Gill
30:13 Thus saith the Lord God, I will also destroy the idols,.... With which Egypt abounded, making an idol of all sorts of creatures, rational and irrational, animate and inanimate, and in which they trusted; wherefore these being destroyed, they had nothing to put their confidence in:
I will cause their images to cease out of Noph; called Moph, Hos 9:6 and which we there rightly render Memphis, as many versions do here, and was very famous for idolatry: here stood the temple of Serapis, and the temple of other idols; here Isis and Osiris were worshipped; and it was in Jerom's time, as he says, the metropolis of the Egyptian superstition. It was built by Menes (s), the Mizraim of the Scriptures, the first king of Egypt; though Diodorus Siculus (t) makes Uchoreus to be the founder of it. Some interpreters take this city to be the same with what is now called Alkair, or Grand Cairo; or, however, that this is built upon the same spot, or near the same place that was, in which I have followed them on Is 19:13 whereas Cairo stands right over against old Memphis, the Nile being between them, on the east side of it, and Memphis on the west; as is clear from Herodotus (u), and from the charts of Dr. Shaw, and Mr. Norden; and who observe, that some take the place of it to have been where a village now stands, Dr. Shaw calls Geza, and Mr. Norden Gize:
and there shall be no more a prince of the land of Egypt; that is, a native of that country; or that should rule over the whole of it, and in that grandeur the kings of Egypt had before; or, however, not dwell in Memphis, which was the seat of the kings of Egypt, but now should be so no more: when Egypt was conquered by Nebuchadnezzar, it was under the Babylonians; and then under the Persians; and then under the Greeks; and afterwards under the Romans; since under the Saracens and Mamalucks; and now in the hands of the Turks; so that it never recovered its former glory; and indeed, after Nectanebus was driven out of it by Ochus, king of Persia, it never after had a king:
and I will put a fear in all the land of Egypt; a panic in all the inhabitants of it; as soon as they shall hear of the king of Babylon entering into it, their courage, bravery, and fortitude, shall at once leave them, and they shall be dispirited, and have no heart to defend themselves, and oppose the enemy.
(s) Herodot, Euterpe, sive l. 2. c. 99. (t) Bibliothec. l. 1. p. 46. (u) Euterpe, sive l. 2. c. 99.
John Wesley
30:13 Noph - Memphis, now Grand Cairo, the chief city of the country. A prince - Either an Egyptian born, or independent, and over all Egypt. A fear - Consternation and cowardice.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:13 Noph--Memphis, the capital of Middle Egypt, and the stronghold of "idols." Though no record exists of Nebuchadnezzar's "destroying" these, we know from HERODOTUS and others, that Cambyses took Pelusium, the key of Egypt, by placing before his army dogs, cats, &c., all held sacred in Egypt, so that no Egyptian would use any weapon against them. He slew Apis, the sacred ox, and burnt other idols of Egypt.
no more a prince--referring to the anarchy that prevailed in the civil wars between Apries and Amasis at the time of Nebuchadnezzar's invasion. There shall no more be a prince of the land of Egypt, ruling the whole country; or, no independent prince.
30:1430:14: եւ կորուսից զերկիրն Պաթուրէս, եւ արկից հուր զՏայանու, եւ խնդրեցից զվրէ՛ժ ՚ի Դիոսպոլացւոց[12778]։ [12778] Ոմանք. Զվրէժ Եդիոսպօլացւոց։
14 Կորստի եմ մատնելու Պաթուրէս երկիրը, կրակ եմ գցելու Տայեանի երկիրը, վրէժխնդիր եմ լինելու դիոսպոլացիներից:
14 Պաթուրէսը աւերակ պիտի ընեմ ու Տայանիսը կրակի պիտի տամ ու Նովը պիտի պատժեմ։
Եւ կորուսից [664]զերկիրն Պաթուրէս,`` եւ արկից հուր զՏայանու, եւ խնդրեցից զվրէժ [665]ի Դիոսպողացւոց:

30:14: եւ կորուսից զերկիրն Պաթուրէս, եւ արկից հուր զՏայանու, եւ խնդրեցից զվրէ՛ժ ՚ի Դիոսպոլացւոց[12778]։
[12778] Ոմանք. Զվրէժ Եդիոսպօլացւոց։
14 Կորստի եմ մատնելու Պաթուրէս երկիրը, կրակ եմ գցելու Տայեանի երկիրը, վրէժխնդիր եմ լինելու դիոսպոլացիներից:
14 Պաթուրէսը աւերակ պիտի ընեմ ու Տայանիսը կրակի պիտի տամ ու Նովը պիտի պատժեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1430:14 И опустошу Пафрос и пошлю огонь на Цоан, и произведу суд над Но.
30:14 καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose γῆν γη earth; land Παθουρης παθουρης and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit πῦρ πυρ fire ἐπὶ επι in; on Τάνιν τανις and; even ποιήσω ποιεω do; make ἐκδίκησιν εκδικησις vindication; vengeance ἐν εν in Διοσπόλει διοσπολις Diospolis; Thiospolis
30:14 וַ wa וְ and הֲשִׁמֹּתִי֙ hᵃšimmōṯˌî שׁמם be desolate אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פַּתְרֹ֔וס paṯrˈôs פַּתְרֹוס Upper Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צֹ֑עַן ṣˈōʕan צֹעַן Zoan וְ wᵊ וְ and עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make שְׁפָטִ֖ים šᵊfāṭˌîm שֶׁפֶט judgment בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נֹֽא׃ nˈō נֹא Thebes
30:14. et disperdam terram Fatures et dabo ignem in Tafnis et faciam iudicia in AlexandriamAnd I will destroy the land of Phatures, and will make a fire in Taphnis, and will execute judgments in Alexandria.
14. And I will make Pathros desolate, and will set a fire in Zoan, and will execute judgments in No.
And I will make Pathros desolate, and will set fire in Zoan, and will execute judgments in No:

30:14 И опустошу Пафрос и пошлю огонь на Цоан, и произведу суд над Но.
30:14
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
γῆν γη earth; land
Παθουρης παθουρης and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
πῦρ πυρ fire
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Τάνιν τανις and; even
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
ἐκδίκησιν εκδικησις vindication; vengeance
ἐν εν in
Διοσπόλει διοσπολις Diospolis; Thiospolis
30:14
וַ wa וְ and
הֲשִׁמֹּתִי֙ hᵃšimmōṯˌî שׁמם be desolate
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פַּתְרֹ֔וס paṯrˈôs פַּתְרֹוס Upper Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צֹ֑עַן ṣˈōʕan צֹעַן Zoan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make
שְׁפָטִ֖ים šᵊfāṭˌîm שֶׁפֶט judgment
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נֹֽא׃ nˈō נֹא Thebes
30:14. et disperdam terram Fatures et dabo ignem in Tafnis et faciam iudicia in Alexandriam
And I will destroy the land of Phatures, and will make a fire in Taphnis, and will execute judgments in Alexandria.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14. “Пафрос” - см. объяснение XXIX:14. Дальнейшее исчисление египетских городов ведется без географического порядка, ставятся рядом города В. и Н. Египта. “Цоан”, “Танис” LХХ и Таргума, др. егит. Данет, копт. Тане ассир. Сану, ныне Сан, рыбачья деревня на восточном берегу самого восточного рукава Нила, названного по нему Санитским. См. Ис XIX:11, О древности его Чис XIII:22. По Пс LXXVII:12, 43: был свидетелем чудес при исходе евреев из Египта, следовательно, резиденцией тогдашнего фараона; по египтологам столица гиксосов и тожествен с Аварисом (И. Фл. С. Арр. I, 14). - “Произведу суд” не так сильно как “пошлю огонь”: не окончательное уничтожение. - “Но”, ассир. Нийу, по Иер XLVI:25: средоточие культа Аммона, почему более полное имя в Наум III, в “Но-Аммон” (город Аммона?). LXX: DiospoliV — город Зевса, т.е. главного бога египтян (Таргум и Вульг. Alexandria). DiospoliV назывались Фивы, которые были и центром культа Аммона. Посему, вслед, за LXX, их все разумеют здесь под Но (хотя имя “Но” не встречается в иероглифах), “Стовратные” Фивы - главный город Верхнего Египта, древнейший город Египта и по Диодору (150) всего мира, знаменитый богатством, учеными жрецами (С 815), пирамидами, Мнемониумом.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:14: I will make Pathros desolate - See Eze 29:14.
Zoan - Tanis, the ancient capital of Egypt.
No - Diospolis, or Thebes, the city of Jupiter.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:14: Zoan - Tanis, a city and nome of Lower Egypt Num 13:22. See the marginal reference note.
No - Diospolis. See the marginal reference note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:14: Pathros: Eze 29:14
Zoan: or, Tanis, Num 13:22; Psa 78:12, Psa 78:43; Isa 19:11, Isa 30:4
will execute: Jer 46:25; Nah 3:8
John Gill
30:14 And I will make Pathros desolate,.... A country in Egypt; See Gill on Ezek 29:14, perhaps it was the first place that Nebuchadnezzar entered, and so went from place to place in the order hereafter mentioned:
and I will set fire in Zoan; or Tunis, a famous city in Egypt in the times of Moses, Num 13:22. The Targum and Septuagint version call it Tanis here; and from hence a nome in Egypt was called the Tanitic nome. This city was burnt down by the king of Babylon: the place now built on the spot is called Mansourah, as Dr. Shaw (w) says:
and I will execute judgment in No. The Vulgate Latin version renders it Alexandria; and so does the Targum; of which place Jarchi, Kimchi, and Ben Melech interpret it; and so does Jerom; which, though built after these times by Alexander, and called so after his name, yet is supposed to be built on or near the place where ancient No stood. The city is now called Scanderoon, or Scanderea; the Turks calling Alexander Scander: here the judgments of God were executed in the destruction of it by the Chaldean army; and great devastations have been made in it since it was rebuilt by Alexander, by the Saracens, who destroyed all places where they came; so that, as Dr. Shaw (x) observes, it is somewhat extraordinary that the greatest part of the ancient walls, together with their respective turrets, should have continued entire quite down to this time. The Septuagint version calls it Diospolis, or the city of Jupiter, as does the Arabic version, that is, of Jupiter Hammon; the city of Thebes, where he was worshipped; as it is in a following verse called Hammon No; though Hillerus (y) thinks neither of these places are meant, neither Alexandria nor Diospolis; but Memphis, as it is rendered by the Septuagint in the next verse; See Gill on Nahum 3:8.
(w) Travels, p. 304. Ed. 2. (x) Ib. p. 292. (y) Onomastic. Sacr. p. 571, &c.
John Wesley
30:14 In Zoan - Zoan shall be burnt down to ashes. In No - A great and populous city situate on one of the mouths of the Nile.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:14 Pathros--Upper Egypt, with "No" or Thebes its capital (famed for its stupendous buildings, of which grand ruins remain), in antithesis to Zoan or Tanis, a chief city in Lower Egypt, within the Delta.
30:1530:15: Եւ հեղից զսրտմտութիւն իմ ՚ի վերայ Սասիսայ զօրութեանն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն Մեմփացւոց[12779]։ [12779] Բազումք. ՚Ի վերայ Սայիսայ. եւ ոմանք. Սայինայ։
15 Զայրոյթս թափելու եմ եգիպտացիների Սայիս ամրոցի վրայ ու կորստի եմ մատնելու մեմփացիների զօրագնդերը:
15 Եգիպտոսի ամրութիւնը եղող Սինի վրայ իմ սրտմտութիւնս պիտի թափեմ ու Նովի բազմութիւնը պիտի կոտորեմ։
Եւ հեղից զսրտմտութիւն իմ ի վերայ Սայինայ, զօրութեանն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն [666]Մեմփացւոց:

30:15: Եւ հեղից զսրտմտութիւն իմ ՚ի վերայ Սասիսայ զօրութեանն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ կորուսից զբազմութիւն Մեմփացւոց[12779]։
[12779] Բազումք. ՚Ի վերայ Սայիսայ. եւ ոմանք. Սայինայ։
15 Զայրոյթս թափելու եմ եգիպտացիների Սայիս ամրոցի վրայ ու կորստի եմ մատնելու մեմփացիների զօրագնդերը:
15 Եգիպտոսի ամրութիւնը եղող Սինի վրայ իմ սրտմտութիւնս պիտի թափեմ ու Նովի բազմութիւնը պիտի կոտորեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1530:15 И изолью ярость Мою на Син, крепость Египта, и истреблю многолюдие в Но.
30:15 καὶ και and; even ἐκχεῶ εκχεω pour out; drained τὸν ο the θυμόν θυμος provocation; temper μου μου of me; mine ἐπὶ επι in; on Σάιν σαις the ἰσχὺν ισχυς force Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose τὸ ο the πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity Μέμφεως μεμφις Memphis; Memfis
30:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁפַכְתִּ֣י šāfaḵtˈî שׁפך pour חֲמָתִ֔י ḥᵃmāṯˈî חֵמָה heat עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon סִ֖ין sˌîn סִין Sin מָעֹ֣וז māʕˈôz מָעֹוז fort מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and הִכְרַתִּ֖י hiḵrattˌî כרת cut אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion נֹֽא׃ nˈō נֹא Thebes
30:15. et effundam indignationem meam super Pelusium robur Aegypti et interficiam multitudinem AlexandriaeAnd I will pour out my indignation upon Pelusium the strength of Egypt, and will cut off the multitude of Alexandria.
15. And I will pour my fury upon Sin, the strong hold of Egypt; and I will cut off the multitude of No.
And I will pour my fury upon Sin, the strength of Egypt; and I will cut off the multitude of No:

30:15 И изолью ярость Мою на Син, крепость Египта, и истреблю многолюдие в Но.
30:15
καὶ και and; even
ἐκχεῶ εκχεω pour out; drained
τὸν ο the
θυμόν θυμος provocation; temper
μου μου of me; mine
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Σάιν σαις the
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὸ ο the
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
Μέμφεως μεμφις Memphis; Memfis
30:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁפַכְתִּ֣י šāfaḵtˈî שׁפך pour
חֲמָתִ֔י ḥᵃmāṯˈî חֵמָה heat
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
סִ֖ין sˌîn סִין Sin
מָעֹ֣וז māʕˈôz מָעֹוז fort
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִכְרַתִּ֖י hiḵrattˌî כרת cut
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion
נֹֽא׃ nˈō נֹא Thebes
30:15. et effundam indignationem meam super Pelusium robur Aegypti et interficiam multitudinem Alexandriae
And I will pour out my indignation upon Pelusium the strength of Egypt, and will cut off the multitude of Alexandria.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15. “Изолью ярость Мою” (VII:8: и др.) сильнее, чем дальнейшее о Но: “истреблю многолюдие”, и вообще очень сильное выражение, указывающее на большую сравнительно с другими городами степень ущерба от войны, что и должно было произойти вследствие положения Сина; см. далее. - “Син”, букв. “глина” от египетского имт, следовательно, = Пелузий, потому что и это имя от греч. phloV, глина (С. 803); около вероятного его местоположения развалины, называемые теперь Тине, что по-коптски = город грязи. Расположенный на восточном рукаве Нила, он представлял ключ Египта благодаря своему географическому положению: южная пустыня была для войска непроходима, а проход около Пелузия был труден от болот; кроме того к востоку от города тянулся высокий пограничный вал (Str. I. с. Diod. I, 57); играл большую роль в походах Сениахериба, Камбиза, Артаксекса, Оха, Антиоха Епифана, Габиния, Цезаря и Октавиана и был важнейшим складом оружия для Египта (Caes. Bel. civ. III, 108). LXX “Саин”, т. е. Саис в Н. Египте недалеко от Пелузия. - “Но” LXX почему-то здесь уже “Мемфа” (Мемфис), а не Диосполь, как в двух соседних стихах 14: и 16.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:15: My fury upon Sin - Pelusium, a strong city of Egypt, on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:15: I will pour: Psa 11:6; Nah 1:6; Rev 16:1
Sin: or, Pelusium, Now Tineh, a town of Egypt, situated at the eastern extremity of the Delta, twenty stadia from the Mediterranean, near the lake of Menzaleh, and upon a branch of the Nile, to which it gave name. It was the key of Egypt on the side of Judea and Syria, and was therefore strongly fortified and garrisoned; but it is now quite in ruins.
John Gill
30:15 And I will pour out my fury upon Sin, the strength of Egypt,.... Either the city Sais, as the Septuagint and Arabic versions; or rather Pelusium, as the Vulgate Latin version, so called from "pelos" which signifies "clay" in the Greek language; and the same "Sin" signifies in the Chaldee, Ps 18:43, and as now called Tineh, from "clay": it had a very fine haven, and may be called the strength of Egypt, it lying at the entrance of it; and having a strong fortified tower, it was difficult to enter into it; but could not stand before the wrath and fury of the Lord of hosts, when he sent the Chaldeans to it. It is thought by some to be the same with Pithom, built by the first of the pastor kings of Egypt, and fortified by him, Ex 1:11, according to Manetho (z), he put into it a garrison of two hundred and forty thousand men; and the same writer says it contained ten thousand acres of land; according to Adrichomius (a), it was two and a half miles in compass, and near it was a vast hollow, which extended to Mount Cassius, and which made the way into Egypt on that side difficult; and is now, as he says, called "campus de Gallo"; in which he is mistaken, as well as Thevenot, and others, who take it to be the same with Damieta:
and I will cut off the multitude of No; the numerous inhabitants of it; hence called "populous No", Nahum 3:8, or "Hamon No"; See Gill on Ezek 30:14; here, as before observed, the Septuagint version renders it Memphis; as does also the Arabic version. Some take it, as before, to be the Egyptian Thebes, where was a temple dedicated to Jupiter Hammon; and which city, Pausanias (b) says, was reduced to nothing in his time.
(z) Apud Joseph. contr. Apion. l. 1. c. 14. (a) Theatrum Terrae Sanctae, p. 122, 123. (b) Arcadica, sive l. 8. p. 509. Vid. Juvenal. Satyr. 15. ver. 6.
John Wesley
30:15 Sin - Pelusium, which was the key of Egypt, and therefore always well fortified, and strongly garrisoned.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:15 Sin--that is, Pelusium, the frontier fortress on the northeast, therefore called "the strength (that is, the key) of Egypt." It stands in antithesis to No or Thebes at the opposite end of Egypt; that is, I will afflict Egypt from one end to the other.
30:1630:16: Եւ տաց հուր յԵգիպտոս, եւ խռովութեամբ խռովեսցի Սայիս. եւ եղիցի քաղաքն Դիոսպոլացւոց յերգիծո՛ւմն. եւ բղխեսցեն ջուրք[12780]։ [12780] Ոմանք. Քաղաքն Եդիոսպոլացւոց։
16 Կրակի եմ մատնելու Եգիպտոսը. խռովուելով խռովուելու է Սայիսը: Դիոսպոլացիների քաղաքը ճեղքուածք է տալու, եւ ջրեր են բխելու:
16 Եգիպտոսի մէջ կրակ պիտի ձգեմ։ Սին սաստիկ պիտի տագնապի ու Նովի պարսպին խրամը պիտի քանդեմ եւ թշնամիները ցորեկով պիտի տիրեն Մեմփիսին։
Եւ տաց հուր յԵգիպտոս, եւ խռովութեամբ խռովեսցի Սային, եւ եղիցի [667]քաղաքն Դիոսպողացւոց յերգիծումն, եւ բղխեսցեն ջուրք:

30:16: Եւ տաց հուր յԵգիպտոս, եւ խռովութեամբ խռովեսցի Սայիս. եւ եղիցի քաղաքն Դիոսպոլացւոց յերգիծո՛ւմն. եւ բղխեսցեն ջուրք[12780]։
[12780] Ոմանք. Քաղաքն Եդիոսպոլացւոց։
16 Կրակի եմ մատնելու Եգիպտոսը. խռովուելով խռովուելու է Սայիսը: Դիոսպոլացիների քաղաքը ճեղքուածք է տալու, եւ ջրեր են բխելու:
16 Եգիպտոսի մէջ կրակ պիտի ձգեմ։ Սին սաստիկ պիտի տագնապի ու Նովի պարսպին խրամը պիտի քանդեմ եւ թշնամիները ցորեկով պիտի տիրեն Մեմփիսին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1630:16 И пошлю огонь на Египет; вострепещет Син, и Но рушится, и на Мемфис нападут враги среди дня.
30:16 καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit πῦρ πυρ fire ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ταραχὴν ταραχη stirring ταραχθήσεται ταρασσω stir up; trouble Συήνη συηνη and; even ἐν εν in Διοσπόλει διοσπολις be ἔκρηγμα εκρηγμα and; even διαχυθήσεται διαχεω water
30:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give אֵשׁ֙ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt ח֤וּל ḥˈûl חול dance תָּחוּל֙תחיל *tāḥûl חול dance סִ֔ין sˈîn סִין Sin וְ wᵊ וְ and נֹ֖א nˌō נֹא Thebes תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be לְ lᵊ לְ to הִבָּקֵ֑עַ hibbāqˈēₐʕ בקע split וְ wᵊ וְ and נֹ֖ף nˌōf נֹף Memphis צָרֵ֥י ṣārˌê צַר adversary יֹומָֽם׃ yômˈām יֹומָם by day
30:16. et dabo ignem in Aegypto quasi parturiens dolebit Pelusium et Alexandria erit dissipata et in Memphis angustiae cotidianaeAnd I will make a fire in Egypt: Pelusium shall be in pain like a woman in labour, and Alexandria shall be laid waste, and in Memphis there shall be daily distresses.
16. And I will set a fire in Egypt; Sin shall be in great anguish, and No shall be broken up: and Noph adversaries in the day time.
And I will set fire in Egypt: Sin shall have great pain, and No shall be rent asunder, and Noph [shall have] distresses daily:

30:16 И пошлю огонь на Египет; вострепещет Син, и Но рушится, и на Мемфис нападут враги среди дня.
30:16
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
πῦρ πυρ fire
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ταραχὴν ταραχη stirring
ταραχθήσεται ταρασσω stir up; trouble
Συήνη συηνη and; even
ἐν εν in
Διοσπόλει διοσπολις be
ἔκρηγμα εκρηγμα and; even
διαχυθήσεται διαχεω water
30:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
אֵשׁ֙ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
ח֤וּל ḥˈûl חול dance
תָּחוּל֙תחיל
*tāḥûl חול dance
סִ֔ין sˈîn סִין Sin
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֹ֖א nˌō נֹא Thebes
תִּהְיֶ֣ה tihyˈeh היה be
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הִבָּקֵ֑עַ hibbāqˈēₐʕ בקע split
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֹ֖ף nˌōf נֹף Memphis
צָרֵ֥י ṣārˌê צַר adversary
יֹומָֽם׃ yômˈām יֹומָם by day
30:16. et dabo ignem in Aegypto quasi parturiens dolebit Pelusium et Alexandria erit dissipata et in Memphis angustiae cotidianae
And I will make a fire in Egypt: Pelusium shall be in pain like a woman in labour, and Alexandria shall be laid waste, and in Memphis there shall be daily distresses.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
16. Усиление и яснейшее изложение прежних угроз. “Пошлю огонь”, сказанное в ст. 14: об одном Цоане прилагается уже ко всему Египту. Общее выражение 15: ст. о Сине (слав. здесь уже Саис, а греч. Suhnh, см. ХХIX:10) “изолью ярость Мою” заменяется конкретным “вострепещет”, слав. “мятжем возмятется” (может быть, волнение, бунт). Самая сдержанная угроза. Но в ст. 14: “произведу суд”, объясненная в ст. 15: через “истреблю многолюдие”, здесь усиливается до “рушится”, букв. “сделана будет брешь”, как и слав. “будет разселина” (указание на сильные укрепления этих городов). Наконец, мягкое обещание лишь истребить идолослужение в Мемфисе; ст. 13: отяжеляется угрозою: “нападут враги среди дня”, более, след., отважные, чем предпринимающие ночное нападение (ср Иер 15:8). Но LXX не имеют в последнем предложении речь о Мемфисе, а продолжение речи о Но - Диосполе: “и разлится воды” (будет затоплен - Нилом или войной), может быть, читая вместо веноф царе йомам по Наум III:8: венафоцу меймам. Следовательно, повторяются города не потому что “арсенал географических познаний об Египте у Иезекииля небольшой” (Креч. А 27-я глава?).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:16: Noph - Cairo or Kahira; see Eze 30:13.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:16: Eze 30:8, Eze 30:9, Eze 28:18
John Gill
30:16 And I will set fire in Egypt,.... Kindle a war there, which shall consume it; see Ezek 30:8,
Sin shall have great pain; as a woman in travail, seeing its destruction is just at hand; the same with Pelusium, as before:
and No shall be rent asunder, the walls of it shall be broken down by the enemy, or a breach shall be made in it, like the breach of waters which were about it; see Nahum 3:8,
and Noph shall have distresses daily: that is, Memphis, as before; enemies shall surround it daily, as the Targum; shall besiege and distress it, until it is taken: or, "in the daytime"; their enemies should not come as thieves in the night, openly in the day. Abendana interprets it of their unfortunate day, their star being unlucky.
John Wesley
30:16 Shall be rent - Her walls, and towers, and fortresses broken through by the violence of engines, and by the assaults of the soldiers.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:16 distresses daily--MAURER translates, "enemies during the day," that is, open enemies who do not wait for the covert of night to make their attacks (compare Jer 6:4; Jer 15:8). However, the Hebrew, though rarely, is sometimes rendered (see Ps 13:2) as in English Version.
30:1730:17: Երիտասարդք Արեգ քաղաքի եւ Բուբաստայ՝ անկցին սրով, եւ կանայք նոցա ՚ի գերութիւն վարեսցին[12781]։ [12781] Ոմանք. Եւ երիտասարդք... ՚ի գերութեան վարեսցին։
17 Արեգ քաղաքի ու Բուբաստի երիտասարդները սրով են ընկնելու, իսկ նրանց կանայք գերի են քշուելու:
17 Արեգ քաղաքին ու Բուբաստի կտրիճները սուրով պիտի իյնան ու անոնց բնակիչները գերութեան պիտի երթան։
Երիտասարդք Արեգ քաղաքի եւ Բուբաստայ անկցին սրով, եւ [668]կանայք նոցա ի գերութիւն վարեսցին:

30:17: Երիտասարդք Արեգ քաղաքի եւ Բուբաստայ՝ անկցին սրով, եւ կանայք նոցա ՚ի գերութիւն վարեսցին[12781]։
[12781] Ոմանք. Եւ երիտասարդք... ՚ի գերութեան վարեսցին։
17 Արեգ քաղաքի ու Բուբաստի երիտասարդները սրով են ընկնելու, իսկ նրանց կանայք գերի են քշուելու:
17 Արեգ քաղաքին ու Բուբաստի կտրիճները սուրով պիտի իյնան ու անոնց բնակիչները գերութեան պիտի երթան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1730:17 Молодые люди Она и Бубаста падут от меча, а прочие пойдут в плен.
30:17 νεανίσκοι νεανισκος young man ἡλίου ηλιος sun πόλεως πολις city καὶ και and; even Βουβάστου βουβαστος in μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife ἐν εν in αἰχμαλωσίᾳ αιχμαλωσια captivity πορεύσονται πορευομαι travel; go
30:17 בַּח֥וּרֵי baḥˌûrê בָּחוּר young man אָ֛וֶן ʔˈāwen אָוֶן [town] וּ û וְ and פִי־בֶ֖סֶת fî-vˌeseṯ פִּי בֶסֶת Bubastis בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֣רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger יִפֹּ֑לוּ yippˈōlû נפל fall וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵ֖נָּה hˌēnnā הֵנָּה they בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שְּׁבִ֥י ššᵊvˌî שְׁבִי captive תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ ṯēlˈaḵnā הלך walk
30:17. iuvenes Eliupoleos et Bubasti gladio cadent et ipsae captivae ducenturThe young men of Heliopolis, and of Bubastus shall fall by the sword, and they themselves shall go into captivity.
17. The young men of Aven and of Pi-beseth shall fall by the sword: and these shall go into captivity.
The young men of Aven and of Pi- beseth shall fall by the sword: and these [cities] shall go into captivity:

30:17 Молодые люди Она и Бубаста падут от меча, а прочие пойдут в плен.
30:17
νεανίσκοι νεανισκος young man
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
πόλεως πολις city
καὶ και and; even
Βουβάστου βουβαστος in
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
ἐν εν in
αἰχμαλωσίᾳ αιχμαλωσια captivity
πορεύσονται πορευομαι travel; go
30:17
בַּח֥וּרֵי baḥˌûrê בָּחוּר young man
אָ֛וֶן ʔˈāwen אָוֶן [town]
וּ û וְ and
פִי־בֶ֖סֶת fî-vˌeseṯ פִּי בֶסֶת Bubastis
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֣רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
יִפֹּ֑לוּ yippˈōlû נפל fall
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵ֖נָּה hˌēnnā הֵנָּה they
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שְּׁבִ֥י ššᵊvˌî שְׁבִי captive
תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ ṯēlˈaḵnā הלך walk
30:17. iuvenes Eliupoleos et Bubasti gladio cadent et ipsae captivae ducentur
The young men of Heliopolis, and of Bubastus shall fall by the sword, and they themselves shall go into captivity.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17. “Он” - мазореты неправильно пунктировали по Ос X:8; Ам I:5: авен - бедствие, егип. Ану или Ан, ассир. Уну, копт. Ун или Он, что значит свет, солнце, следовательно, город, называемый у пророка Иеремии XLIII:13: и классиков “городом солнца”. Илиополем (слав. “Илиуполь”) за свой культ егип. бога солнца Ра, которому был здесь великолепный храм с быком Мневисс, почти столь же священным, как Мемфиссий Апис (Str. 609): к этому же городу приурочивался миф о фениксе (Тас. Annal. VI, 26), Находился в Н. Египте к с. от Мемфиса; построенный на высокой насыпи, он лежал на большом канале, соединявшем Нил с Красным морем. Вероятно, остатки его - развалины Ен - Шем (“источник света”) у Каира. Вблизи этих развалин показывают смоковницу, под которой отдыхало св. семейство во время бегства в Египет. - “Бубаст”, слав. Вуваст, егип. Пи-баст, в состав имени которого входит имя богини Баст, египетской Артемиды, которой посвящены были кошки и сама она была с кошачьей головой. Город тоже Н. Египта, теперь Тел-Баста, на восточном берегу Пелузийского рукава Нила. Сильно укрепленный, был построен на высокой насыпи, которая была ниже в своей середине, так что со всех пунктов города был видим окруженный Нильским каналом храм Баст, который Геродот называет прекраснейшим из египетских храмов (II, 137). Ежегодное паломничество сюда было любимейшим паломничеством и привлекало сюда 700: т. мужчин и женщин (II, 59). “Падут от меча”. Будастский ном с 11: другими принадлежал одной половине касты воинов - каласирииев; ионийские и карийские наемники были поставлены Псамметихом тоже здесь. - “Прочие” eвp. генна - эти, они, женского рода, почему LXX “и жен”; скорее разумеется все население городов или сами города.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:17: Aven - Or On, the famous Heliopolis, or city of the sun.
Pibeseth - Bubastum or Bubaste, by a slight alteration of the letters. It is situated on the eastern branch of the Nile, towards Arabia.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:17: Aven - The same as "On" Gen 41:45, or "Heliopolis." The word "Aven" means also "transgression" (compare Hos 10:8). Some have thought that here too Ezekiel substituted the word "Aven" for "On" to mark the "sin" of idolatry there in full vogue.
Pi-beseth - The Bubastis of Herodotus. The hieroglyphic name is "Pe-bast," the house of Bast (the Egyptian Artemis, the cat-headed goddess). Bubastis was situated on the easternmost, the Pelusian, branch of the Delta. The road from Pelusium to Memphis lay through Bubastis and On. In the days of Herodotus Bubastis was the seat of one of the chief annual festivals of the Egyptians. The Persians took the town and razed the walls. The ruins bear the modern name Tel-Basta.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:17: Aven: or, Heliopolis, Gen 41:45
Pibeseth: or Pubastum, Situated on the Pelusiac branch of the Nile, near the top of the Delta.
John Gill
30:17 The young men of Aven and of Phibeseth shall fall by the sword,.... Aven is the same with On, of which Potipherah was priest in Joseph's time and whose daughter he married, Gen 41:45, the same with Heliopolis, or Bethshemesh, the city of the sun, see Jer 43:13; see Gill on Jer 43:13; where was the temple of the sun, and where it was worshipped; and so it is rendered by the Septuagint, Vulgate Latin, and Arabic versions. It is called here "Aven", or "vanity", because of the vain and idolatrous worship here performed. Phibeseth is the Bubastis of Herodotus, and called by other writers Bubastus; hence there was a nome or province in Egypt called the Bubastic nome, mentioned by Ptolemy (c), and others. In this was a temple built to the honour of Diana, where she was worshipped and Herodotus (d) says, that Bubastis, in the Greek tongue, is Diana; here she was worshipped in the form of a cat; and Stephanus (e) observes, that the Egyptians call a cat Bubastus; and it is also said that dead cats salted were buried in this city, as being sacred: according to Diodorus Siculus (f), it was built for the sake of Isis; and Hillerus (g) says, that in the Abyssine language it was called "Phy' mly' sith"; that is, the portion of the wife, namely of Isis married to Osiris, by whom this city was built to the honour of her; as appears by the pillar of Isis, on which these words are inscribed,
"for me the city of Bubastia is built; be glad, be glad, O Egypt, which brought me up.''
This place is now called Bishbesh, according to Dr. Shaw (h): now the young men of both these places, though they might exert themselves in the defence of them, yet should fail therein, and fall by the sword of the Chaldeans:
and these cities shall go into captivity; the rest of the inhabitants of the cities of Aven and Pibeseth, that shall not fall by the sword, shall be carried captive into other lands. Joseph Kimchi supplies "women" instead of "cities"; and thinks, that as the males are mentioned before, the females are understood here. The Targum is,
"they that served them shall go into captivity;''
that served the idols worshipped in these cities.
(c) Geograph. l. 4. c. 5. (d) Euterpe, sive l. 2. c. 59, 138, 156. (e) De Urbibus. (f) Bibliothec l. 1. p. 24. (g) Onomastic. Sacr. p. 672. (h) Travels, p. 306. Ed. 2.
John Wesley
30:17 Young men - 'Tis probable these might be a body of valiant youths, collected out of these ten cities. Aven - Bethshemesh, or Heliopolis, an idolatrous city, in which was a stately temple of the sun: an hundred and fifty furlongs, that is six miles and three quarters in compass. Phibeseth - Bubastus, sometimes called Hoephestus, not far from Aven.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:17 Aven--meaning "vanity" or "iniquity": applied, by a slight change of the Hebrew name, to On or Heliopolis, in allusion to its idolatry. Here stood the temple of the sun, whence it was called in Hebrew, Beth-shemesh (Jer 43:13). The Egyptian hieroglyphics call it, Re Athom, the sun, the father of the gods, being impersonate in Athom or Adam, the father of mankind.
Pi-beseth--that is, Bubastis, in Lower Egypt, near the Pelusiac branch of the Nile: notorious for the worship of the goddess of the same name (Coptic, Pasht), the granite stones of whose temple still attest its former magnificence.
these cities--rather, as the Septuagint, "the women," namely, of Aven and Pi-beseth, in antithesis to "the young men." So in Ezek 30:18, "daughters shall go into captivity" [MAURER].
30:1830:18: Եւ խաւարեսցի՛ տիւ ՚ի Տափնաս, ՚ի փշրել ինձ անդ զգաւազան իշխանութեան Եգիպտացւոցն. եւ կորիցէ անդ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, եւ զնոյն մէ՛գ ծածկեսցէ. եւ դստերք նորա ՚ի գերութիւն վարեսցին[12782]։ [12782] Ոմանք. Եւ փշրել անդ ինձ զգաւազանն... ՚ի զօրութեան նորա... դստերք նորա ՚ի գերութեան վարես՛՛։
18 Ցերեկը խաւարելու է Տափնասում, երբ այնտեղ փշրեմ ես եգիպտացիների իշխանական մականը: Եւ այն ժամանակ կորչելու են նրա ամբարտաւան զօրքերը. մէգն է ծածկելու այն: Նրա դուստրերն էլ գերի են քշուելու:
18 Նաեւ Տափնասի մէջ ցորեկը խաւար պիտի ըլլայ՝ երբ հոն Եգիպտոսի լուծերը կոտրտեմ ու հոն անոր զօրութեանը հպարտութիւնը պիտի ոչնչանայ։ Ամպը պիտի ծածկէ զանիկա եւ անոր աղջիկները գերութեան պիտի երթան։
Եւ խաւարեսցի տիւ ի Տափնաս, ի փշրել ինձ անդ զգաւազան իշխանութեան Եգիպտացւոցն. եւ կորիցէ անդ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, եւ զնոյն` մէգ ծածկեսցէ. եւ դստերք նորա ի գերութիւն վարեսցին:

30:18: Եւ խաւարեսցի՛ տիւ ՚ի Տափնաս, ՚ի փշրել ինձ անդ զգաւազան իշխանութեան Եգիպտացւոցն. եւ կորիցէ անդ հպարտութիւն զօրութեան նորա, եւ զնոյն մէ՛գ ծածկեսցէ. եւ դստերք նորա ՚ի գերութիւն վարեսցին[12782]։
[12782] Ոմանք. Եւ փշրել անդ ինձ զգաւազանն... ՚ի զօրութեան նորա... դստերք նորա ՚ի գերութեան վարես՛՛։
18 Ցերեկը խաւարելու է Տափնասում, երբ այնտեղ փշրեմ ես եգիպտացիների իշխանական մականը: Եւ այն ժամանակ կորչելու են նրա ամբարտաւան զօրքերը. մէգն է ծածկելու այն: Նրա դուստրերն էլ գերի են քշուելու:
18 Նաեւ Տափնասի մէջ ցորեկը խաւար պիտի ըլլայ՝ երբ հոն Եգիպտոսի լուծերը կոտրտեմ ու հոն անոր զօրութեանը հպարտութիւնը պիտի ոչնչանայ։ Ամպը պիտի ծածկէ զանիկա եւ անոր աղջիկները գերութեան պիտի երթան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1830:18 И в Тафнисе померкнет день, когда Я сокрушу там ярмо Египта, и прекратится в нем гордое могущество его. Облако закроет его, и дочери его пойдут в плен.
30:18 καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in Ταφνας ταφνας the ἡμέρα ημερα day ἐν εν in τῷ ο the συντρῖψαι συντριβω fracture; smash με με me ἐκεῖ εκει there τὰ ο the σκῆπτρα σκηπτρον Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἀπολεῖται απολλυμι destroy; lose ἐκεῖ εκει there ἡ ο the ὕβρις υβρις insolence; insult τῆς ο the ἰσχύος ισχυς force αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αὐτὴν αυτος he; him νεφέλη νεφελη cloud καλύψει καλυπτω cover καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter αὐτῆς αυτος he; him αἰχμάλωτοι αιχμαλωτος captive ἀχθήσονται αγω lead; pass
30:18 וּ û וְ and בִֽ vˈi בְּ in תְחַפְנְחֵס֙ ṯᵊḥafnᵊḥˌēs תַּחְפַּנְחֵס Tahpanhes חָשַׂ֣ךְ ḥāśˈaḵ חשׂך withhold הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁבְרִי־ šivrî- שׁבר break שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מֹטֹ֣ות mōṭˈôṯ מֹוטָה yoke-bar מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁבַּת־ nišbaṯ- שׁבת cease בָּ֖הּ bˌāh בְּ in גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height עֻזָּ֑הּ ʕuzzˈāh עֹז power הִ֚יא ˈhî הִיא she עָנָ֣ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud יְכַסֶּ֔נָּה yᵊḵassˈennā כסה cover וּ û וְ and בְנֹותֶ֖יהָ vᵊnôṯˌeʸhā בַּת daughter בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שְּׁבִ֥י ššᵊvˌî שְׁבִי captive תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ ṯēlˈaḵnā הלך walk
30:18. et in Tafnis nigrescet dies cum contrivero ibi sceptra Aegypti et defecerit in ea superbia potentiae eius ipsam nubes operiet filiae autem eius in captivitatem ducenturAnd in Taphnis the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the sceptres of Egypt, and the pride of her power shall cease in her: a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall be led into captivity.
18. At Tehaphnehes also the day shall withdraw itself, when I shall break there the yokes of Egypt, and the pride of her power shall cease in her: as for her, a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall go into captivity.
At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the yokes of Egypt: and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her: as for her, a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall go into captivity:

30:18 И в Тафнисе померкнет день, когда Я сокрушу там ярмо Египта, и прекратится в нем гордое могущество его. Облако закроет его, и дочери его пойдут в плен.
30:18
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
Ταφνας ταφνας the
ἡμέρα ημερα day
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
συντρῖψαι συντριβω fracture; smash
με με me
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τὰ ο the
σκῆπτρα σκηπτρον Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολεῖται απολλυμι destroy; lose
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ο the
ὕβρις υβρις insolence; insult
τῆς ο the
ἰσχύος ισχυς force
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
νεφέλη νεφελη cloud
καλύψει καλυπτω cover
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
αἰχμάλωτοι αιχμαλωτος captive
ἀχθήσονται αγω lead; pass
30:18
וּ û וְ and
בִֽ vˈi בְּ in
תְחַפְנְחֵס֙ ṯᵊḥafnᵊḥˌēs תַּחְפַּנְחֵס Tahpanhes
חָשַׂ֣ךְ ḥāśˈaḵ חשׂך withhold
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁבְרִי־ šivrî- שׁבר break
שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מֹטֹ֣ות mōṭˈôṯ מֹוטָה yoke-bar
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁבַּת־ nišbaṯ- שׁבת cease
בָּ֖הּ bˌāh בְּ in
גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height
עֻזָּ֑הּ ʕuzzˈāh עֹז power
הִ֚יא ˈhî הִיא she
עָנָ֣ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud
יְכַסֶּ֔נָּה yᵊḵassˈennā כסה cover
וּ û וְ and
בְנֹותֶ֖יהָ vᵊnôṯˌeʸhā בַּת daughter
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שְּׁבִ֥י ššᵊvˌî שְׁבִי captive
תֵלַֽכְנָה׃ ṯēlˈaḵnā הלך walk
30:18. et in Tafnis nigrescet dies cum contrivero ibi sceptra Aegypti et defecerit in ea superbia potentiae eius ipsam nubes operiet filiae autem eius in captivitatem ducentur
And in Taphnis the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the sceptres of Egypt, and the pride of her power shall cease in her: a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall be led into captivity.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18. Тафнис, слав. Тафнес, греч. Tafnai, упоминаемый еще Иер II:16: и др. с несколько другим произношением в евр. т.: здесь Тхафнехес там Тахпанехес в качестве главного представителя наряду с Мемфисом могущества египетского должно быть то же, что “Пелузийская” Дафна Геродота (II, 30, 107), сильная крепость при Псамметихе, остававшаяся такою же до персидского владычества: указывается еще путешествием Антония, в 16: милях от Пелузия на западном берегу Пелузийского рукава Нила. Может быть, соответствует Тел-ел-Дефене, хотя последний лежит в 5: 1/2: нем. милях (= 27: 1/2: рим.) от Пелузия. В иероглифах и у Флавия не упоминается. - “Померкнет день” - символ суда Божия: см. ст. 3. - “Сокрушу ярмо Египта”. слав “скипетры” для чего мотот нужно произнесть как матот; так и вернее, так как неясно, на ком это ярмо (можно разуметь разве египетское рабство Израиля). По Иер XLIII:8: в Тафнисе был великолепный царский дворец. - “Гордое могущество” - ст.6. - “Облако закроет его” - ст. 3. - “Дочери” - города: XVI:46.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:18: Tehaphnehes - Called also Tahapanes, Jer 2:16. This is the Pelusian Daphne.
Break there the yokes - The sceptres. Nebuchadnezzar broke the scepter of Egypt when he confirmed the kingdom to Amasis, who had rebelled against Apries.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:18: Tehaphnehes - See the marginal reference note. "break the yokes of Egypt" i. e., break the yokes imposed by Egypt, or break up the tyrannous dominion of Egypt over other lands.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:18: Tehaphnehes: Jer 2:16, Tahapanes, Jer 43:7-9, Jer 46:14, Tahpanhes
the day: Exo 10:15; Isa 5:30, Isa 9:19, Isa 13:10; Joe 3:15; Mat 24:29
darkened: or, restrained
I shall break: Eze 29:15; Isa 9:4, Isa 10:27, Isa 14:25
the pomp: Eze 31:18, Eze 32:18-32; Isa 14:11; Jer 46:20-26
a cloud: Eze 30:3; Isa 19:1
Geneva 1599
30:18 At Tehaphnehes also the day (c) shall be darkened, when I shall break there the (d) yokes of Egypt: and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her: as for her, a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall go into captivity.
(c) Meaning that there will be great sorrow and affliction.
(d) That is, the strength and force.
John Gill
30:18 At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened,.... The same with Hanes in Is 30:4 and Tahapanes in Jer 2:16 and Tahpanhes, Jer 43:7, it was a royal seat of the kings of Egypt: there was in Solomon's time a queen of Egypt of this name, and perhaps it might be so called from her, 3Kings 11:19. It is generally thought to be the Daphne of Pelusium, it being near that city; though Junius takes it to be a place in another part of Egypt, at a great distance, which Herodotus (i) calls Tahcompso, an island encompassed by the Nile; and by Ptolemy (k) called Metacompso: now at this place the day should be darkened; or should "restrain" (l), as it may be rendered; that is, its light; it should be a calamitous and mournful time with the inhabitants of it:
when I shall break there the yokes of Egypt; the yokes they put upon the necks of others, who now should be freed from them: or, "the sceptres of Egypt", as the Vulgate Latin version renders it; the regalia of their kings, which might lie in this place; it being a royal seat where Pharaoh had a house, as appears from Jer 43:9,
and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her; all that grandeur and magnificence which appeared in the courts of the kings of Egypt in this place:
as for her, a cloud shall cover her; as for this city, a cloud of calamity shall cover it, so as its glory shall not be seen. The Targum is,
"a king with his army shall cover her as a cloud ascends and covers the earth:''
and her daughters shall go into captivity; which may be taken either in a literal sense for the daughters of the inhabitants of this place, which must be a great affliction to their tender parents, to have them forced away by rude soldiers, and carried captive into distant lands; or in a figurative sense, for the villages and the inhabitants of them round about this city; it being usual to represent a city as a mother, and its villages as daughters; and so the Targum, Jarchi, and Kimchi interpret it.
(i) Euterpe, sive l. 2. c. 29. (k) Geograph. l. 4. c. 5. (l) "prohibuit", Montanus; "vitavit", Munster; "cohibuit", Cocceius; "probibebit, arcebit", Vatablus; so Ben Melech.
John Wesley
30:18 Tehaphnehes - A great and goodly city of Egypt; Tachapanes, Tachpanes, Tahapanes, Tahpanes, Chanes, and Hanes, are names given it, and this from a queen of Egypt of that name in Solomon's time. It stood not far from Sin, or Pelusium. Darkened - A night shall come upon it. Break - I shall break the kingdom of Egypt, that it no more oppress with yokes, that is, burdens. Her daughters - Her towns and villages.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:18 Tehaphnehes--called from the queen of Egypt mentioned in 3Kings 11:19. The same as Daphne, near Pelusium, a royal residence of the Pharaohs (Jer 43:7, Jer 43:9). Called Hanes Is 30:4).
break . . . the yokes of Egypt--that is, the tyrannical supremacy which she exercised over other nations. Compare "bands of their yoke" (Ezek 34:7).
a cloud--namely, of calamity.
30:1930:19: Եւ արարից դատաստան յԵգիպտոս. եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր[12783]։[12783] Ոմանք. Դատաստանս յԵգիպ՛՛։
19 Ես իմ դատաստանն եմ անելու Եգիպտոսում, ու պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէրը”»:
19 Այսպէս Եգիպտոսը պիտի պատժեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
Եւ արարից դատաստանս յԵգիպտոս, եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր:

30:19: Եւ արարից դատաստան յԵգիպտոս. եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր[12783]։
[12783] Ոմանք. Դատաստանս յԵգիպ՛՛։
19 Ես իմ դատաստանն եմ անելու Եգիպտոսում, ու պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէրը”»:
19 Այսպէս Եգիպտոսը պիտի պատժեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:1930:19 Так произведу Я суд над Египтом, и узнают, что Я Господь.
30:19 καὶ και and; even ποιήσω ποιεω do; make κρίμα κριμα judgment ἐν εν in Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make שְׁפָטִ֖ים šᵊfāṭˌîm שֶׁפֶט judgment בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈāh] . f יְהוָה YHWH
30:19. et faciam iudicia in Aegypto et scient quia ego DominusAnd I will execute judgments in Egypt: and they shall know that I am the Lord.
19. Thus will I execute judgments in Egypt: and they shall know that I am the LORD.
Thus will I execute judgments in Egypt: and they shall know that I [am] the LORD:

30:19 Так произведу Я суд над Египтом, и узнают, что Я Господь.
30:19
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
κρίμα κριμα judgment
ἐν εν in
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make
שְׁפָטִ֖ים šᵊfāṭˌîm שֶׁפֶט judgment
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈāh] . f יְהוָה YHWH
30:19. et faciam iudicia in Aegypto et scient quia ego Dominus
And I will execute judgments in Egypt: and they shall know that I am the Lord.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:19: Eze 30:14, Eze 5:8, Eze 5:15, Eze 25:11, Eze 39:21; Num 33:4; Psa 9:16, Psa 149:7; Rom 2:5; Rev 17:1
John Gill
30:19 Thus will I execute judgments in Egypt,.... In the several provinces, and in the several cities of it before mentioned, and in all other places; even the judgments of fire, famine, sword, and captivity:
and they shall know that I am the Lord; God omniscient and omnipotent, by the, judgments executed; and own the same: this more especially they did, when the Gospel was preached among them, and many were converted by it in the times of the apostles.
30:2030:20: Դարձեալ ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի։ Եւ եղեւ ՚ի մետասաներորդի ամի անդ՝ յամսեանն առաջնում, որ օր եւթն էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ[12784]. [12784] ՚Ի բազումս պակասի վերնագիրս՝ Դարձեալ ՚ի վերայ Եգիպ՛՛։
20 Դարձեալ Եգիպտոսի մասին: Տասնմէկերորդ տարում, առաջին ամսին, ամսուայ եօթներորդ օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
20 Տասնըմէկերորդ տարուան առաջին ամիսը, ամսուան եօթին, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
Եւ եղեւ ի մետասաներորդի ամի անդ, յամսեանն առաջնում, որ օր եւթն էր ամսոյն, եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ:

30:20: Դարձեալ ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի։ Եւ եղեւ ՚ի մետասաներորդի ամի անդ՝ յամսեանն առաջնում, որ օր եւթն էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ[12784].
[12784] ՚Ի բազումս պակասի վերնագիրս՝ Դարձեալ ՚ի վերայ Եգիպ՛՛։
20 Դարձեալ Եգիպտոսի մասին: Տասնմէկերորդ տարում, առաջին ամսին, ամսուայ եօթներորդ օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
20 Տասնըմէկերորդ տարուան առաջին ամիսը, ամսուան եօթին, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2030:20 В одиннадцатом году, в первом месяце, в седьмой день {месяца}, было ко мне слово Господне:
30:20 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἑνδεκάτῳ ενδεκατος eleventh ἔτει ετος year ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πρώτῳ πρωτος first; foremost μηνὶ μην.1 month ἑβδόμῃ εβδομος seventh τοῦ ο the μηνὸς μην.1 month ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become λόγος λογος word; log κυρίου κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me λέγων λεγω tell; declare
30:20 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַחַ֤ת ʔaḥˈaṯ אֶחָד one עֶשְׂרֵה֙ ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in † הַ the רִאשֹׁ֖ון rišˌôn רִאשֹׁון first בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
30:20. et factum est in undecimo anno in primo in septima mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicensAnd it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first month, in the seventh day of the month, that the word of the Lord came, me, saying:
20. And it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first , in the seventh of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
And it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first [month], in the seventh [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying:

30:20 В одиннадцатом году, в первом месяце, в седьмой день {месяца}, было ко мне слово Господне:
30:20
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἑνδεκάτῳ ενδεκατος eleventh
ἔτει ετος year
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πρώτῳ πρωτος first; foremost
μηνὶ μην.1 month
ἑβδόμῃ εβδομος seventh
τοῦ ο the
μηνὸς μην.1 month
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
λόγος λογος word; log
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
30:20
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֗י yᵊhˈî היה be
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַחַ֤ת ʔaḥˈaṯ אֶחָד one
עֶשְׂרֵה֙ ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בָּֽ bˈā בְּ in
הַ the
רִאשֹׁ֖ון rišˌôn רִאשֹׁון first
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be
דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
30:20. et factum est in undecimo anno in primo in septima mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicens
And it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first month, in the seventh day of the month, that the word of the Lord came, me, saying:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20. Март (пасхальный месяц) 587: г., за 4: месяца до разрушения Иерусалима, менее чем через 3: месяца после даты XXIX:1.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
20 And it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first month, in the seventh day of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying, 21 Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and, lo, it shall not be bound up to be healed, to put a roller to bind it, to make it strong to hold the sword. 22 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I am against Pharaoh king of Egypt, and will break his arms, the strong, and that which was broken; and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand. 23 And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and will disperse them through the countries. 24 And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and put my sword in his hand: but I will break Pharaoh's arms, and he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man. 25 But I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down; and they shall know that I am the LORD, when I shall put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt. 26 And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them among the countries; and they shall know that I am the LORD.
This short prophecy of the weakening of the power of Egypt was delivered about the time that the army of the Egyptians, which attempted to raise the siege of Jerusalem, was frustrated in its enterprises, and returned re infectâ--without accomplishing their purpose; whereupon the king of Babylon renewed the siege and carried his point. The kingdom of Egypt was very ancient, and had been for many ages considerable. That of Babylon had but lately arrived at its great pomp and power, being built upon the ruins of the kingdom of Assyria. Now it is with them as it is with families and states, some are growing up, others are declining and going back; one must increase and the others must of course decrease.
I. It is here foretold that the king of Egypt shall grow weaker and weaker. The extent of his territories shall be abridged, his wealth and power shall be diminished, and he shall become less able than ever to help either himself or his friend. 1. This was in part done already (v. 21): I have broken the arm of Pharaoh, some time ago. One arm of that kingdom might well be reckoned broken when the king of Babylon routed the forces of Pharaoh-Necho at Carchemish (Jer. xlvi. 2), and made himself master of all that pertained to Egypt from the river of Egypt to Euphrates, 2 Kings xxiv. 7. Egypt had been long in gathering strength and extending its dominions, and therefore, that there may be a proportion observed in providence, it loses its strength slowly and by degrees. It was soon after the king of Egypt slew good king Josiah, and in the same reign, that its arm was thus broken, and it received that fatal blow which it never recovered. Before Egypt's heart and neck were broken its arm was. God's judgments come upon a people by steps, that they may meet him repenting. When the arm of Egypt is broken it shall not be bound up to be healed, for none can heal the wounds that God gives but he himself. Those whom he disarms, whom he disables, cannot again hold the sword. 2. This was to be done again. One arm was broken before, and something was done towards the setting of it, towards the healing of the deadly wound that was given to the beast. But now (v. 22), I am against Pharaoh, and will break both his arms, both the strong and that which was broken and set again. Note, If less judgments do not prevail to humble and reform sinners, God will send greater. Now God will cause the sword to fall out of his hand, which he caught hold of as thinking himself strong enough to hold it. It is repeated (v. 24), I will break Pharaoh's arms. He had been a cruel oppressor to the people of God formerly, and of late the staff of a broken rod to them; and now God by breaking his arms reckons with him for both. God justly breaks that power which is abused either to put wrongs upon people or to put cheats upon them. But this is not all; (1.) The king of Egypt shall be dispirited when he finds himself in danger of the king of Babylon's forces: he shall groan before him with the groaning of a deadly wounded man. Note, It is common for those that are most elated in their prosperity to be most dejected and disheartened in their adversity. Pharaoh, even before the sword touches him, shall groan as if he had received his death's wound. (2.) The people of Egypt shall be dispersed (v. 23 and again v. 26): I will scatter them among the nations. Other nations had mingled with them (v. 5); now they shall be mingled with other nations, and seek shelter in them, and so be made to know that the Lord is righteous.
II. It is here foretold that the king of Babylon shall grow stronger and stronger, v. 24, 25. Put strength into the king of Babylon's arms, that he may be able to go through the service he is designed for. 2. That he will put a sword, his sword, into the king of Babylon's hand, which signified his giving him a commission and furnishing him with arms for carrying on a war, particularly against Egypt. Note, As judges on the bench, like Pilate (John xix. 11), so generals in the field, like Nebuchadnezzar, have no power but what is given them from above.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:20: In the eleventh year, in the first month, in the seventh day - This was the eleventh year of the captivity of Jeconiah, and the date here answers to April 26, A.M. 3416; a prophecy anterior by several years to that already delivered. In collecting the writings of Ezekiel, more care was taken to put all that related to one subject together, than to attend to chronological arrangement.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:20: Fourth prophecy against Egypt spoken three months before the capture of Jerusalem Eze 26:1, and three months after the prophecy of Eze 29:1. Meantime, Pharaoh-Hophra's attempt on Jerusalem had been foiled, and the Egyptians driven back into their own country (Jer 37:5 note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:20: am 3416, bc 588, Eze 1:2, Eze 26:1, Eze 29:1, Eze 29:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
30:20
Destruction of the Might of Pharaoh by Nebuchadnezzar
According to the heading in Ezek 30:20, "In the eleventh year, in the first (month), on the seventh of the month, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying," this short word of threatening against Egypt falls in the second year of the siege of Jerusalem by the Chaldeans, and, as Ezek 30:21 clearly shows, after the army of Pharaoh Hophra, which marched to the relief of Jerusalem, had been defeated by the Chaldeans who turned to meet it (Jer 37:5, Jer 37:7). If we compare with this the date of the first prophecy against Egypt in Ezek 29:1, the prophecy before us was separated from the former by an interval of three months. But as there is no allusion whatever in Ezekiel 29 to Pharaoh's attempt to come to the relief of the besieged city of Jerusalem, or to his repulse, the arrival of the Egyptian army in Palestine, its defeat, and its repulse by the Chaldeans, seems to have occurred in the interval between these two prophecies, towards the close of the tenth year.
Ezek 30:21-26
Ezek 30:21. son of man, the arm of Pharaoh the king of Egypt have I broken; and, behold, it will no more be bound up, to apply remedies, to put on a bandage to bind it up, that it may grow strong to grasp the sword. Ezek 30:22. Therefore thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Behold, I will deal with Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and will break both his arms, the strong one and the broken one, and will cause the sword to fall out of his hand. Ezek 30:23. And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations and disperse them in the lands, Ezek 30:24. And will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and give my sword into his hand, and will break the arms of Pharaoh, so that he shall groan the groanings of a pierced one before him. Ezek 30:25. I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh will fall; and they shall know that I am Jehovah, when I give my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, that he may stretch it against the land of Egypt. Ezek 30:26. I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them in the lands; and they shall know that I am Jehovah. - The perfect שׁברתּי in Ezek 30:21 is not a prophetic utterance of the certainty of the future, but a pure preterite. This may be seen "both from the allusion in Ezek 30:21 to the condition resulting from the shbr שׁבר, and also to the obviously antithetical relation of Ezek 30:22, in which future events are predicted" (Hitzig). The arm is a figurative expression for power, here for military power, as it wields the sword. God broke the arm of Pharaoh by the defeat which the Chaldeans inflicted upon Pharaoh Hophra, when he was marching to the relief of besieged Jerusalem. חבּשׁה is a present, as is apparent from the infinitive clauses ('לתת וגו) which follow, altogether apart from הנּה; and חבשׁ signifies to bind up, for the purpose of healing a broken limb, that remedies may be applied and a bandage put on. לחזקהּ, that it may become strong or sound, is subordinate to the preceding clause, and governs the infinitive which follows. The fact that the further judgment which is to fall upon Pharaoh is introduced with לכן (therefore) here (Ezek 30:22), notwithstanding the fact that it has not been preceded by any enumeration of the guilt which occasioned it, may be accounted for on the ground that the causal לכן forms a link with the concluding clause of Ezek 30:21 : the arm shall not be healed, so as to be able to grasp or hold the sword. Because Pharaoh is not to attain any more to victorious power, therefore God will shatter both of his arms, the strong, i.e., the sound one and the broken one, that is to say, will smite it so completely, that the sword will fall from his hand. The Egyptians are to be scattered among the nations, as is repeated in Ezek 30:23 verbatim from Ezek 29:12. God will give the sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and equip and strengthen him to destroy the might of Pharaoh, that the latter may groan before him like one who is pierced with the sword. This thought is repeated in Ezek 30:25 and Ezek 30:26 with an intimation of the purpose of this divine procedure. That purpose it: that men may come to recognise Jehovah as God the Lord. The subject to וידעוּ is indefinite; and the rendering of the lxx is a very good one, καὶ γνώσονται πάντες.
Geneva 1599
30:20 And it came to pass in the (e) eleventh year, in the first [month], in the seventh [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came to me, saying,
(e) Of the captivity of Jeconiah, or of Zedekiah's reign.
John Gill
30:20 And it came to pass in the eleventh year,.... Of Zedekiah's reign, and Jehoiachin's captivity; some little time after the prophecy in Ezek 19:1, here the prophecies come into their order again, being interrupted by those of a much later date, at the end of the preceding chapter, and the former part of this:
in the first month, in the seventh day of the month; the month Nisan, which answers to part of March, and part of April; the seventh day must be about the twenty ninth of March; but, according to Bishop Usher (m), it was on the twenty sixth of April, on the third day of the week (Tuesday), in 3416 A.M. or before Christ 588: this was given out three months and two days before Jerusalem was taken:
that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying; as follows:
(m) Annales Vet. Test. A. M. 3416.
John Wesley
30:20 The eleventh year - Of Jeconiah's captivity, three months and two days before Jerusalem was taken, about the time that the Egyptians attempted to raise the siege of Jerusalem.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:20 Here begins the earlier vision, not long after that in the twenty-ninth chapter, about three months before the taking of Jerusalem, as to Pharaoh and his kingdom.
30:2130:21: Որդի մարդոյ, զբազուկս փարաւովնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց խորտակեցից, եւ ահա ո՛չ եւս պատեսցի ՚ի բժշկութիւն. եւ ո՛չ տացին ՚ի վերայ նորա դեղք, կամ թէ զօրանայցէ առնուլ սուր ՚ի ձեռին[12785]։ [12785] Ոմանք. Խորտակեցի. եւ ահա... սուր ՚ի ձեռն։
21 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ես խորտակելու եմ եգիպտացիների Փարաւոն արքայի բազուկները, եւ բուժուելու համար այլեւս չեն փաթաթուելու դրանք, ո՛չ դեղ են դնելու դրանց վրայ եւ ո՛չ էլ զօրանալու են ձեռքը սուր առնելու համար»:
21 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին բազուկը կոտրեցի։ Ահա անիկա պիտի չփաթթուի, ո՛չ ալ անոր վրայ դեղեր ու կապեր դնելով՝ զանիկա պիտի պատեն, որ զօրանայ սուր բռնելու համար։
Որդի մարդոյ, զբազուկս փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց խորտակեցի, եւ ահա ոչ եւս պատեսցի ի բժշկութիւն, եւ ոչ տացին ի վերայ նորա դեղք, կամ թէ զօրանայցէ առնուլ սուր ի ձեռին:

30:21: Որդի մարդոյ, զբազուկս փարաւովնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց խորտակեցից, եւ ահա ո՛չ եւս պատեսցի ՚ի բժշկութիւն. եւ ո՛չ տացին ՚ի վերայ նորա դեղք, կամ թէ զօրանայցէ առնուլ սուր ՚ի ձեռին[12785]։
[12785] Ոմանք. Խորտակեցի. եւ ահա... սուր ՚ի ձեռն։
21 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ես խորտակելու եմ եգիպտացիների Փարաւոն արքայի բազուկները, եւ բուժուելու համար այլեւս չեն փաթաթուելու դրանք, ո՛չ դեղ են դնելու դրանց վրայ եւ ո՛չ էլ զօրանալու են ձեռքը սուր առնելու համար»:
21 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին բազուկը կոտրեցի։ Ահա անիկա պիտի չփաթթուի, ո՛չ ալ անոր վրայ դեղեր ու կապեր դնելով՝ զանիկա պիտի պատեն, որ զօրանայ սուր բռնելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2130:21 сын человеческий! Я уже сокрушил мышцу фараону, царю Египетскому; и вот, она еще не обвязана для излечения ее и не обвита врачебными перевязками, от которых она получила бы силу держать меч.
30:21 υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human τοὺς ο the βραχίονας βραχιων arm Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos συνέτριψα συντριβω fracture; smash καὶ και and; even ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am οὐ ου not κατεδέθη καταδεω bind up τοῦ ο the δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit ἴασιν ιασις healing τοῦ ο the δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτὸν αυτος he; him μάλαγμα μαλαγμα the δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit ἰσχὺν ισχυς force ἐπιλαβέσθαι επιλαμβανομαι take hold / after μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
30:21 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְרֹ֛ועַ zᵊrˈôₐʕ זְרֹועַ arm פַּרְעֹ֥ה parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt שָׁבָ֑רְתִּי šāvˈārᵊttî שׁבר break וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֣ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not חֻ֠בְּשָׁה ḥubbᵊšˌā חבשׁ saddle לָ lā לְ to תֵ֨ת ṯˌēṯ נתן give רְפֻאֹ֜ות rᵊfuʔˈôṯ רְפוּאָה healing לָ lā לְ to שׂ֥וּם śˌûm שׂים put חִתּ֛וּל ḥittˈûl חִתּוּל bandage לְ lᵊ לְ to חָבְשָׁ֥הּ ḥovšˌāh חבשׁ saddle לְ lᵊ לְ to חָזְקָ֖הּ ḥozqˌāh חזק be strong לִ li לְ to תְפֹּ֥שׂ ṯᵊppˌōś תפשׂ seize בֶּ be בְּ in † הַ the חָֽרֶב׃ ס ḥˈārev . s חֶרֶב dagger
30:21. fili hominis brachium Pharao regis Aegypti confregi et ecce non est obvolutum ut restitueretur ei sanitas ut ligaretur pannis et farciretur linteolis et recepto robore posset tenere gladiumSon of man, I have broken the arm of Pharao king of Egypt: and behold it is not bound up, to be healed, to be tied up with clothes, and swathed with linen, that it might recover strength, and hold the sword.
21. Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and, lo, it hath not been bound up to apply medicines, to put a roller to bind it, that it be strong to hold the sword.
Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and, lo, it shall not be bound up to be healed, to put a roller to bind it, to make it strong to hold the sword:

30:21 сын человеческий! Я уже сокрушил мышцу фараону, царю Египетскому; и вот, она еще не обвязана для излечения ее и не обвита врачебными перевязками, от которых она получила бы силу держать меч.
30:21
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
τοὺς ο the
βραχίονας βραχιων arm
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
συνέτριψα συντριβω fracture; smash
καὶ και and; even
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
οὐ ου not
κατεδέθη καταδεω bind up
τοῦ ο the
δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit
ἴασιν ιασις healing
τοῦ ο the
δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
μάλαγμα μαλαγμα the
δοθῆναι διδωμι give; deposit
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
ἐπιλαβέσθαι επιλαμβανομαι take hold / after
μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
30:21
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְרֹ֛ועַ zᵊrˈôₐʕ זְרֹועַ arm
פַּרְעֹ֥ה parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
שָׁבָ֑רְתִּי šāvˈārᵊttî שׁבר break
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֣ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
חֻ֠בְּשָׁה ḥubbᵊšˌā חבשׁ saddle
לָ לְ to
תֵ֨ת ṯˌēṯ נתן give
רְפֻאֹ֜ות rᵊfuʔˈôṯ רְפוּאָה healing
לָ לְ to
שׂ֥וּם śˌûm שׂים put
חִתּ֛וּל ḥittˈûl חִתּוּל bandage
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חָבְשָׁ֥הּ ḥovšˌāh חבשׁ saddle
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חָזְקָ֖הּ ḥozqˌāh חזק be strong
לִ li לְ to
תְפֹּ֥שׂ ṯᵊppˌōś תפשׂ seize
בֶּ be בְּ in
הַ the
חָֽרֶב׃ ס ḥˈārev . s חֶרֶב dagger
30:21. fili hominis brachium Pharao regis Aegypti confregi et ecce non est obvolutum ut restitueretur ei sanitas ut ligaretur pannis et farciretur linteolis et recepto robore posset tenere gladium
Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharao king of Egypt: and behold it is not bound up, to be healed, to be tied up with clothes, and swathed with linen, that it might recover strength, and hold the sword.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21. “Сокрушил” - прошедшее время указывает на совершившийся факт: отражения египетского войска, предпринявшего поход на освобождение Иерусалима. - “Мышцу” - армию. - “И вот она еще не обвязана” - для излечения; слав. “и се, не помолися (не обратился к врачам) еже дати ему цельбу”. - “Врачебными перевязками” евр. хиттул ap. leg. медиц. термин. LXX «пластырь», malagma.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:21: I have broken the arm of Pharaoh - Perhaps this may refer to his defeat by Nebuchadnezzar, when he was coming with the Egyptian army to succor Jerusalem.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:21
I have broken - Especially by the defeat at Carchemish.
A roller - Or, a bandage.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:21: Son of man: This prophecy was delivered soon after the Egyptians under Pharaoh-hophra had come to relieve Jerusalem, and some months before the city was taken, being the eleventh year of Jeremiah's captivity, and answering to April 26, am 3416. When the king of Babylon took from the king of Egypt, in the days of Pharaoh-necho, all his dominions in Asia, one of his arms was broken. God now declared that he should never recover these territories, or gain any ascendancy in that part of the world; nay, that his other arm, which was now strong, should soon be broken, and rendered utterly useless. This was fulfilled when Hophra was dethroned and driven into Upper Egypt by Amasis; and then Nebuchadnezzar, taking advantage of this civil discord, invaded and conquered that kingdom, and enslaved, dispersed, and carried captive the Egyptians.
I have: Eze 30:24; Psa 10:15, Psa 37:17; Jer 48:25
it shall not: Isa 1:6; Jer 30:13, Jer 46:11, Jer 51:8, Jer 51:9; Nah 3:16; Rev 18:21
Geneva 1599
30:21 Son of man, (f) I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and, lo, it shall not be bound up to be healed, to put a bandage to bind it, to make it strong to hold the sword.
(f) For Nebuchadnezzar destroyed Pharaoh Nebo at Carchemish, (Jer 46:26).
John Gill
30:21 Son of man, I have broken the arm of Pharaoh king of Egypt,.... Not Pharaohnecho, king of Egypt, whose army was overthrown at Carchemish by the king of Babylon, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim; when the latter took from the former all that belonged to him between the river of Egypt and the river Euphrates; by which he was so weakened and dispirited, that he could not stir any more out of his own land, Jer 46:2 and of him Jarchi and Kimchi interpret it; but Pharaohhophra, or Apries, who was defeated by the Cyreneans, and saved himself by flight; See Gill on Ezek 29:4,
and, lo, it shall not be bound up to be healed, to put a roller to bind it; a metaphor taken from chirurgeons, who, having set broken bones, put on a bandage or rollers of linen, or such like stuff, to keep them tight; but nothing of this kind should be done; hereby suggesting that Egypt should receive such a blow or wound as would be incurable; see Jer 46:11,
to make it strong to hold the sword; which it should not be able to do, or to make war any more, at least with success, or to defend itself.
John Wesley
30:21 Have broken - Partly by the victory of the Chaldeans over Pharaoh - necho, partly by the victory of the Cyreneans over Pharaoh - hophra. The sword - None can heal the wounds that God gives but himself. They whom he disables, cannot again hold the sword.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:21 broken . . . arm of Pharaoh-- (Ps 37:17; Jer 48:25). Referring to the defeat which Pharaoh-hophra sustained from the Chaldeans, when trying to raise the siege of Jerusalem (Jer 37:5, Jer 37:7); and previous to the deprivation of Pharaoh-necho of all his conquests from the river of Egypt to the Euphrates (4Kings 24:7; Jer 46:2); also to the Egyptian disaster in Cyrene.
30:2230:22: Վասն այսորիկ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ես ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ խորտակեցից զբազուկս նորա հզօրս, զնեարդապատս եւ զաճառապատս. եւ ընկեցից զսուրն ՚ի ձեռանէ նորա[12786]. [12786] Ոմանք. Վասն այնորիկ... ահաւադիկ ես... զներդաւպատս եւ զաճա՛՛։
22 Ուստի այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. «Ահա ես եգիպտացիների Փարաւոն արքայի դէմ եմ. խորտակելու եմ նրա հզօր, ջղոտ ու պիրկ բազուկները, գցելու եմ սուրը նրա ձեռքից:
22 Անոր համար Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ահա ես Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին դէմ եմ ու անոր բազուկները պիտի կոտրտեմ, թէ՛ զօրաւորը եւ թէ՛ տկարը եւ սուրը անոր ձեռքէն վար ձգել պիտի տամ
Վասն այսորիկ այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ես ի վերայ փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ խորտակեցից զբազուկս [669]նորա հզօրս, զնեարդապատս եւ զաճառապատս``, եւ ընկեցից զսուրն ի ձեռանէ նորա:

30:22: Վասն այսորիկ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ես ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ խորտակեցից զբազուկս նորա հզօրս, զնեարդապատս եւ զաճառապատս. եւ ընկեցից զսուրն ՚ի ձեռանէ նորա[12786].
[12786] Ոմանք. Վասն այնորիկ... ահաւադիկ ես... զներդաւպատս եւ զաճա՛՛։
22 Ուստի այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. «Ահա ես եգիպտացիների Փարաւոն արքայի դէմ եմ. խորտակելու եմ նրա հզօր, ջղոտ ու պիրկ բազուկները, գցելու եմ սուրը նրա ձեռքից:
22 Անոր համար Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ահա ես Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին դէմ եմ ու անոր բազուկները պիտի կոտրտեմ, թէ՛ զօրաւորը եւ թէ՛ տկարը եւ սուրը անոր ձեռքէն վար ձգել պիտի տամ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2230:22 Посему так говорит Господь Бог: вот, Я на фараона, царя Египетского, и сокрушу мышцы его, здоровую и переломленную, так что меч выпадет из руки его.
30:22 διὰ δια through; because of τοῦτο ουτος this; he τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἐγὼ εγω I ἐπὶ επι in; on Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even συντρίψω συντριβω fracture; smash τοὺς ο the βραχίονας βραχιων arm αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τοὺς ο the ἰσχυροὺς ισχυρος forceful; severe καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the τεταμένους τεινω and; even καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down τὴν ο the μάχαιραν μαχαιρα short sword αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the χειρὸς χειρ hand αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:22 לָכֵ֞ן lāḵˈēn לָכֵן therefore כֹּה־ kō- כֹּה thus אָמַ֣ר׀ ʔāmˈar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהֹוִ֗ה [yᵊhôˈih] יְהוָה YHWH הִנְנִי֙ hinnˌî הִנֵּה behold אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and שָֽׁבַרְתִּי֙ šˈāvartî שׁבר break אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְרֹ֣עֹתָ֔יו zᵊrˈōʕōṯˈāʸw זְרֹועַ arm אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the חֲזָקָ֖ה ḥᵃzāqˌā חָזָק strong וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the נִּשְׁבָּ֑רֶת nnišbˈāreṯ שׁבר break וְ wᵊ וְ and הִפַּלְתִּ֥י hippaltˌî נפל fall אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger מִ mi מִן from יָּדֹֽו׃ yyāḏˈô יָד hand
30:22. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus ecce ego ad Pharao regem Aegypti et comminuam brachium eius forte sed confractum et deiciam gladium de manu eiusTherefore, thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I come against Pharao king of Egypt, and I will break into pieces his strong arm, which is already broken: and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand:
22. Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD: Behold, I am against Pharaoh king of Egypt, and will break his arms, the strong, and that which was broken; and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand.
Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I [am] against Pharaoh king of Egypt, and will break his arms, the strong, and that which was broken; and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand:

30:22 Посему так говорит Господь Бог: вот, Я на фараона, царя Египетского, и сокрушу мышцы его, здоровую и переломленную, так что меч выпадет из руки его.
30:22
διὰ δια through; because of
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
συντρίψω συντριβω fracture; smash
τοὺς ο the
βραχίονας βραχιων arm
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τοὺς ο the
ἰσχυροὺς ισχυρος forceful; severe
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
τεταμένους τεινω and; even
καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down
τὴν ο the
μάχαιραν μαχαιρα short sword
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
χειρὸς χειρ hand
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
30:22
לָכֵ֞ן lāḵˈēn לָכֵן therefore
כֹּה־ kō- כֹּה thus
אָמַ֣ר׀ ʔāmˈar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהֹוִ֗ה [yᵊhôˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
הִנְנִי֙ hinnˌî הִנֵּה behold
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָֽׁבַרְתִּי֙ šˈāvartî שׁבר break
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְרֹ֣עֹתָ֔יו zᵊrˈōʕōṯˈāʸw זְרֹועַ arm
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
חֲזָקָ֖ה ḥᵃzāqˌā חָזָק strong
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
נִּשְׁבָּ֑רֶת nnišbˈāreṯ שׁבר break
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִפַּלְתִּ֥י hippaltˌî נפל fall
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
מִ mi מִן from
יָּדֹֽו׃ yyāḏˈô יָד hand
30:22. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus ecce ego ad Pharao regem Aegypti et comminuam brachium eius forte sed confractum et deiciam gladium de manu eius
Therefore, thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I come against Pharao king of Egypt, and I will break into pieces his strong arm, which is already broken: and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22. “Посему” - так как начало уже сделано (Сменд). - “Здоровую” - другую часть армии. - “Переломленную” еще более и окончательно.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:22: I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand - When the arm is broken, the sword will naturally fall. But these expressions show that the Egyptians would be rendered wholly useless to Zedekiah, and should never more recover their political strength. This was the case from the time of the rebellion of Amasis.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
30:22
The strong - Such power as Egypt yet retained at home and abroad.
That which was broken - The power which Egypt aimed at ineffectually, the conquest of Palestine and Syria.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:22: I am: Eze 29:3; Jer 46:25
will break: Psa 37:17
the strong: Eze 34:16
and that: Kg2 24:7; Jer 37:7, Jer 46:1-12
I will: Jer 46:21-25
Geneva 1599
30:22 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I [am] against Pharaoh king of Egypt, and will break (g) his arms, the strong, and that which was broken; and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand.
(g) His force and power.
John Gill
30:22 Therefore thus saith the Lord God, behold, I am against Pharaoh king of Egypt,.... The then present king of Egypt, whose name was Hophra or Apries, Jer 44:30,
and I will break his arms, the strong, and that which was broken: both his arms, the sound and the broken one, his whole power, strength, and dominion; meaning that that part of his kingdom which lay between the two rivers of Egypt and Euphrates, that had been taken away by the king of Babylon, should remain so; and the other part of his kingdom should fall a prey to him also:
and I will cause the sword to fall out of his hand; so that he should be so far from being so able to make use of the sword, that he should not be able to hold it; it should drop out of his hand; nor should he be able to take it up again, and make war, either offensive or defensive.
John Wesley
30:22 His arms - Both his arms. The strong - That part of his kingdom which remains entire. Broken - That which was shattered before.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
30:22 arms--Not only the "one arm" broken already (Ezek 30:21) was not to be healed, but the other two should be broken. Not a corporal wound, but a breaking of the power of Pharaoh is intended.
cause . . . sword to fall out of . . . hand--deprive him of the resources of making war.
Not that Egypt was, like Assyria, utterly to cease to be, but it was, like Assyria, to lose its prominence in the empire of the world.
30:2330:23: եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցի՛ց զնոսա ընդ գաւառս։
23 Ցրելու եմ եգիպտացիներին ազգերի մէջ, սփռելու եմ նրանց աշխարհով մէկ:
23 Ու Եգիպտացիները ազգերուն մէջ պիտի ցրուեմ եւ զանոնք երկիրներուն մէջ ցիրուցան պիտի ընեմ։
եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցից զնոսա ընդ գաւառս:

30:23: եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցի՛ց զնոսա ընդ գաւառս։
23 Ցրելու եմ եգիպտացիներին ազգերի մէջ, սփռելու եմ նրանց աշխարհով մէկ:
23 Ու Եգիպտացիները ազգերուն մէջ պիտի ցրուեմ եւ զանոնք երկիրներուն մէջ ցիրուցան պիտի ընեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2330:23 И рассею Египтян по народам, и развею их по землям.
30:23 καὶ και and; even διασπερῶ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste καὶ και and; even λικμήσω λικμαω winnow αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χώρας χωρα territory; estate
30:23 וַ wa וְ and הֲפִצֹותִ֥י hᵃfiṣôṯˌî פוץ disperse אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גֹּויִ֑ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people וְ wᵊ וְ and זֵרִיתִ֖ם zērîṯˌim זרה scatter בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֲרָצֹֽות׃ ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
30:23. et dispergam Aegyptum in gentibus et ventilabo eos in terrisAnd I will disperse Egypt among the nations, and scatter them through the countries.
23. And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and will disperse them through the countries.
And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and will disperse them through the countries:

30:23 И рассею Египтян по народам, и развею их по землям.
30:23
καὶ και and; even
διασπερῶ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
καὶ και and; even
λικμήσω λικμαω winnow
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χώρας χωρα territory; estate
30:23
וַ wa וְ and
הֲפִצֹותִ֥י hᵃfiṣôṯˌî פוץ disperse
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גֹּויִ֑ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זֵרִיתִ֖ם zērîṯˌim זרה scatter
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֲרָצֹֽות׃ ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
30:23. et dispergam Aegyptum in gentibus et ventilabo eos in terris
And I will disperse Egypt among the nations, and scatter them through the countries.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23. Повторение XXIX:12: и тожественный со ст. 26.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:23: Eze 30:17, Eze 30:18, Eze 30:26, Eze 29:12, Eze 29:13
John Gill
30:23 And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations,.... Among the several provinces of Babylon, and other places, where the Chaldeans should carry or send them:
and will disperse them through the countries: the same thing repeated in different words for the confirmation of it.
30:2430:24: Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ տա՛ց զսուր իմ ՚ի ձեռս նորա. եւ ածցէ զայն ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց, եւ աւարեսցէ զաւար նորա, եւ կողոպտեսցէ զկապուտ նորա[12787]։ [12787] Բազումք. Զայն ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոց։
24 Զօրացնելու եմ բաբելացիների արքայի բազուկները, եւ իմ սուրն էլ տալու եմ նրա ձեռքը: Եւ նա այն քաշելու է Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ, աւարի է մատնելու այն եւ կողոպտելու:
24 Բաբելոնի թագաւորին բազուկները պիտի զօրացնեմ եւ իմ սուրս անոր ձեռքը պիտի տամ. իսկ Փարաւոնին բազուկները պիտի կոտրտեմ ու անիկա անոր առջեւ մահամերձ վիրաւորուածի հծծութիւնովը պիտի հեծեծէ։
Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ տաց զսուր իմ ի ձեռս նորա. եւ [670]ածցէ զայն ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց, եւ աւարեսցէ զաւար նորա, եւ կողոպտեսցէ զկապուտ`` նորա:

30:24: Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ տա՛ց զսուր իմ ՚ի ձեռս նորա. եւ ածցէ զայն ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց, եւ աւարեսցէ զաւար նորա, եւ կողոպտեսցէ զկապուտ նորա[12787]։
[12787] Բազումք. Զայն ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտացւոց։
24 Զօրացնելու եմ բաբելացիների արքայի բազուկները, եւ իմ սուրն էլ տալու եմ նրա ձեռքը: Եւ նա այն քաշելու է Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ, աւարի է մատնելու այն եւ կողոպտելու:
24 Բաբելոնի թագաւորին բազուկները պիտի զօրացնեմ եւ իմ սուրս անոր ձեռքը պիտի տամ. իսկ Փարաւոնին բազուկները պիտի կոտրտեմ ու անիկա անոր առջեւ մահամերձ վիրաւորուածի հծծութիւնովը պիտի հեծեծէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2430:24 А мышцы царя Вавилонского сделаю крепкими и дам ему меч Мой в руку, мышцы же фараона сокрушу, и он изъязвленный будет сильно стонать перед ним.
30:24 καὶ και and; even κατισχύσω κατισχυω force down; prevail τοὺς ο the βραχίονας βραχιων arm βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword μου μου of me; mine εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπάξει επαγω instigate; bring on αὐτὴν αυτος he; him ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even προνομεύσει προνομευω the προνομὴν προνομη he; him καὶ και and; even σκυλεύσει σκυλευω the σκῦλα σκυλον spoil αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
30:24 וְ wᵊ וְ and חִזַּקְתִּ֗י ḥizzaqtˈî חזק be strong אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְרֹעֹות֙ zᵊrōʕôṯ זְרֹועַ arm מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חַרְבִּ֖י ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָדֹ֑ו yāḏˈô יָד hand וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁבַרְתִּי֙ šāvartˌî שׁבר break אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְרֹעֹ֣ות zᵊrōʕˈôṯ זְרֹועַ arm פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וְ wᵊ וְ and נָאַ֛ק nāʔˈaq נאק groan נַאֲקֹ֥ות naʔᵃqˌôṯ נְאָקָה groaning חָלָ֖ל ḥālˌāl חָלָל pierced לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנָֽיו׃ fānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face
30:24. et confortabo brachia regis Babylonis daboque gladium meum in manu eius et confringam brachia Pharaonis et gement gemitibus interfecti coram facie eiusAnd I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and will put my sword in his hand: and I will break the arms of Pharao, and they shall groan bitterly being slain before his face.
24. And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and put my sword in his hand: but I will break the arms of Pharaoh, and he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man.
And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and put my sword in his hand: but I will break Pharaoh' s arms, and he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded:

30:24 А мышцы царя Вавилонского сделаю крепкими и дам ему меч Мой в руку, мышцы же фараона сокрушу, и он изъязвленный будет сильно стонать перед ним.
30:24
καὶ και and; even
κατισχύσω κατισχυω force down; prevail
τοὺς ο the
βραχίονας βραχιων arm
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword
μου μου of me; mine
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπάξει επαγω instigate; bring on
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
προνομεύσει προνομευω the
προνομὴν προνομη he; him
καὶ και and; even
σκυλεύσει σκυλευω the
σκῦλα σκυλον spoil
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
30:24
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִזַּקְתִּ֗י ḥizzaqtˈî חזק be strong
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְרֹעֹות֙ zᵊrōʕôṯ זְרֹועַ arm
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חַרְבִּ֖י ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָדֹ֑ו yāḏˈô יָד hand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁבַרְתִּי֙ šāvartˌî שׁבר break
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְרֹעֹ֣ות zᵊrōʕˈôṯ זְרֹועַ arm
פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָאַ֛ק nāʔˈaq נאק groan
נַאֲקֹ֥ות naʔᵃqˌôṯ נְאָקָה groaning
חָלָ֖ל ḥālˌāl חָלָל pierced
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנָֽיו׃ fānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face
30:24. et confortabo brachia regis Babylonis daboque gladium meum in manu eius et confringam brachia Pharaonis et gement gemitibus interfecti coram facie eius
And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and will put my sword in his hand: and I will break the arms of Pharao, and they shall groan bitterly being slain before his face.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24. “А мышцы царя Вавилонского сделаю крепкими”. Бог еще увеличит и без того значительное могущество Навуходоносора (для окончательного поражения Египта) новыми победами, между прочим и взятием Иерусалима. - “Меч Мой” - неотразимый. Что Навуходоносор - орудие Божиих судов, эта мысль часто повторяется у Иезекииля. - “Мышцы же фараона” и т. д. до конца стиха совершенно иначе у LXX: “и наведет его на Египта, и пленит пленение его, и взмет корсти его”. Поразительный пример разногласия между двумя столь авторитетными представителями библейского текста - “и он изъязвленный будет сильно стонать”. Должно быть указание на личную судьбу фараона Офры, действительно убитого.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:24: I will: Eze 30:25; Neh 6:9; Psa 18:32, Psa 18:39, Psa 144:1; Isa 45:1, Isa 45:5; Jer 27:6-8; Zac 10:11, Zac 10:12
and put: Deu 32:41, Deu 32:42; Psa 17:13; Isa 10:5, Isa 10:6, Isa 10:15; Zep 2:12
he shall: Eze 26:15; Job 24:12; Jer 51:52
John Gill
30:24 And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon,.... Give him a commission to make war; direct his councils; supply him with all necessaries; animate and encourage his soldiers; and give him success in all his enterprises:
and put my sword in his hand; which confirms the above sense, that he should have power and authority from the Lord to attack the king of Egypt, and should gain a victory over him; since it was not his own sword he drew, but the sword of the Lord of hosts; which coming from him, and having his commission, cannot fail of doing execution;
but will break Pharaoh's arms; as before in Ezek 30:21,
and he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man; that is, before the king of Babylon; by whom, as an instrument, his arms shall be broken, and his power destroyed; and he be like a man in the agonies of death, just expiring, not able to speak, but groaning out his life under the inexpressible anguish of broken bones, and none to set them.
30:2530:25: Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց. եւ բազուկքն փարաւոնի լքցին։ Եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր, ՚ի տալն ինձ զսուրն իմ ՚ի ձեռս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ ձգեցից զնա ՚ի վերայ արքային Եգիպտացւոց[12788]։ [12788] Բազումք. ՚Ի տալ ինձ... եւ ձգեցից զնա ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց։
25 Զօրացնելու եմ բաբելացիների արքայի բազուկները, իսկ Փարաւոնի բազուկները թուլանալու են: Պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէրը, երբ սուրս տամ բաբելացիների արքայի ձեռքն ու բաց թողնեմ նրան Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ:
25 Այսպէս Բաբելոնի թագաւորին բազուկները պիտի զօրացնեմ, իսկ Փարաւոնին բազուկները պիտի իյնան։ Երբ իմ սուրս Բաբելոնի թագաւորին ձեռքը տամ եւ ան ալ զանիկա Եգիպտոսի երկրին վրայ երկնցնէ, պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը։
Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ բազուկքն փարաւոնի լքցին. եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր, ի տալ ինձ զսուրն իմ ի ձեռս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ [671]ձգեցից զնա ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց:

30:25: Եւ զօրացուցից զբազուկս արքային Բաբելացւոց. եւ բազուկքն փարաւոնի լքցին։ Եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր, ՚ի տալն ինձ զսուրն իմ ՚ի ձեռս արքային Բաբելացւոց, եւ ձգեցից զնա ՚ի վերայ արքային Եգիպտացւոց[12788]։
[12788] Բազումք. ՚Ի տալ ինձ... եւ ձգեցից զնա ՚ի վերայ երկրին Եգիպտացւոց։
25 Զօրացնելու եմ բաբելացիների արքայի բազուկները, իսկ Փարաւոնի բազուկները թուլանալու են: Պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէրը, երբ սուրս տամ բաբելացիների արքայի ձեռքն ու բաց թողնեմ նրան Եգիպտացիների երկրի վրայ:
25 Այսպէս Բաբելոնի թագաւորին բազուկները պիտի զօրացնեմ, իսկ Փարաւոնին բազուկները պիտի իյնան։ Երբ իմ սուրս Բաբելոնի թագաւորին ձեռքը տամ եւ ան ալ զանիկա Եգիպտոսի երկրին վրայ երկնցնէ, պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2530:25 Укреплю мышцы царя Вавилонского, а мышцы у фараона опустятся; и узнают, что Я Господь, когда меч Мой дам в руку царю Вавилонскому, и он прострет его на землю Египетскую.
30:25 καὶ και and; even ἐνισχύσω ενισχυω fortify; prevail τοὺς ο the βραχίονας βραχιων arm βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while βραχίονες βραχιων arm Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in τῷ ο the δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword μου μου of me; mine εἰς εις into; for χεῖρας χειρ hand βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon καὶ και and; even ἐκτενεῖ εκτεινω extend αὐτὴν αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆν γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
30:25 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַחֲזַקְתִּ֗י haḥᵃzaqtˈî חזק be strong אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְרֹעֹות֙ zᵊrōʕôṯ זְרֹועַ arm מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel וּ û וְ and זְרֹעֹ֥ות zᵊrōʕˌôṯ זְרֹועַ arm פַּרְעֹ֖ה parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh תִּפֹּ֑לְנָה tippˈōlᵊnā נפל fall וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and יָדְע֞וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תִתִּ֤י ṯittˈî נתן give חַרְבִּי֙ ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel וְ wᵊ וְ and נָטָ֥ה nāṭˌā נטה extend אֹותָ֖הּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
30:25. et confortabo brachia regis Babylonis et brachia Pharaonis concident et scient quia ego Dominus cum dedero gladium meum in manu regis Babylonis et extenderit eum super terram AegyptiAnd I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharao shall fall: and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall have given my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall have stretched it forth upon the land of Egypt.
25. And I will hold up the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down; and they shall know that I am the LORD, when I shall put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt.
But I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down; and they shall know that I [am] the LORD, when I shall put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt:

30:25 Укреплю мышцы царя Вавилонского, а мышцы у фараона опустятся; и узнают, что Я Господь, когда меч Мой дам в руку царю Вавилонскому, и он прострет его на землю Египетскую.
30:25
καὶ και and; even
ἐνισχύσω ενισχυω fortify; prevail
τοὺς ο the
βραχίονας βραχιων arm
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
βραχίονες βραχιων arm
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword
μου μου of me; mine
εἰς εις into; for
χεῖρας χειρ hand
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
καὶ και and; even
ἐκτενεῖ εκτεινω extend
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆν γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
30:25
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַחֲזַקְתִּ֗י haḥᵃzaqtˈî חזק be strong
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְרֹעֹות֙ zᵊrōʕôṯ זְרֹועַ arm
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel
וּ û וְ and
זְרֹעֹ֥ות zᵊrōʕˌôṯ זְרֹועַ arm
פַּרְעֹ֖ה parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
תִּפֹּ֑לְנָה tippˈōlᵊnā נפל fall
וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and
יָדְע֞וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תִתִּ֤י ṯittˈî נתן give
חַרְבִּי֙ ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
בָּבֶ֔ל bāvˈel בָּבֶל Babel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָטָ֥ה nāṭˌā נטה extend
אֹותָ֖הּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
30:25. et confortabo brachia regis Babylonis et brachia Pharaonis concident et scient quia ego Dominus cum dedero gladium meum in manu regis Babylonis et extenderit eum super terram Aegypti
And I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharao shall fall: and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall have given my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall have stretched it forth upon the land of Egypt.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25. Угроза по отношению к фараону как будто смягчается: под мышцею разумеется уже не армия, а вообще сила царства.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:25: they shall know: Eze 30:19, Eze 30:26, Eze 29:16, Eze 29:21, Eze 32:15, Eze 38:16, Eze 38:23, Eze 39:21, Eze 39:22; Psa 9:16
Geneva 1599
30:25 But I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down; and they shall know that I [am] the LORD, (h) when I shall put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt.
(h) By which we see that tyrants have no power of themselves, neither can do any more harm than God appoints and when he wills they must cease.
John Gill
30:25 But I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon,.... Which is repeated for the sake of confirmation:
and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down: as when a man's arms are broken; and he shall not be able to lift them up and defend himself:
and they shall know that I am the Lord; namely, the Egyptians, as in Ezek 30:19,
when I shall have put my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out on the land of Egypt; that is, when he shall have a commission to carry the war into Egypt; and he shall spread desolation over all the land, cutting off the inhabitants of it everywhere, as before described in this chapter.
John Wesley
30:25 Will strengthen - As judges on the bench like Pilate, so generals in the field, like Nebuchadrezzar, have no power but what is given them from above.
30:2630:26: Եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցից զնոսա ընդ գաւառս. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր։
26 Ցրելու եմ եգիպտացիներին ազգերի մէջ, սփռելու եմ նրանց աշխարհով մէկ: Ու պէտք է իմանան բոլոր եգիպտացիները, որ ես եմ Տէրը»:
26 Եգիպտացիները ազգերու մէջ պիտի ցրուեմ եւ զանոնք երկիրներու մէջ ցիրուցան պիտի ընեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
Եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցից զնոսա ընդ գաւառս, եւ ծանիցեն [672]ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն`` թէ ես եմ Տէր:

30:26: Եւ ցրուեցից զԵգիպտոս ընդ ազգս, եւ հոսեցից զնոսա ընդ գաւառս. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր։
26 Ցրելու եմ եգիպտացիներին ազգերի մէջ, սփռելու եմ նրանց աշխարհով մէկ: Ու պէտք է իմանան բոլոր եգիպտացիները, որ ես եմ Տէրը»:
26 Եգիպտացիները ազգերու մէջ պիտի ցրուեմ եւ զանոնք երկիրներու մէջ ցիրուցան պիտի ընեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
30:2630:26 И рассею Египтян по народам, и развею их по землям, и узнают, что Я Господь.
30:26 καὶ και and; even διασπερῶ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste καὶ και and; even λικμήσω λικμαω winnow αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χώρας χωρα territory; estate καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know πάντες πας all; every ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:26 וַ wa וְ and הֲפִצֹותִ֤י hᵃfiṣôṯˈî פוץ disperse אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people וְ wᵊ וְ and זֵרִיתִ֥י zērîṯˌî זרה scatter אֹותָ֖ם ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֲרָצֹ֑ות ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָֽה׃ ס [yᵊhwˈāh] . s יְהוָה YHWH
30:26. et dispergam Aegyptum in nationes et ventilabo eos in terris et scient quia ego DominusAnd I will disperse Egypt among the nations, and will scatter them through the countries, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
26. And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them through the countries; and they shall know that I am the LORD.
And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them among the countries; and they shall know that I [am] the LORD:

30:26 И рассею Египтян по народам, и развею их по землям, и узнают, что Я Господь.
30:26
καὶ και and; even
διασπερῶ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
καὶ και and; even
λικμήσω λικμαω winnow
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χώρας χωρα territory; estate
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
πάντες πας all; every
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
30:26
וַ wa וְ and
הֲפִצֹותִ֤י hᵃfiṣôṯˈî פוץ disperse
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זֵרִיתִ֥י zērîṯˌî זרה scatter
אֹותָ֖ם ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֲרָצֹ֑ות ʔᵃrāṣˈôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָֽה׃ ס [yᵊhwˈāh] . s יְהוָה YHWH
30:26. et dispergam Aegyptum in nationes et ventilabo eos in terris et scient quia ego Dominus
And I will disperse Egypt among the nations, and will scatter them through the countries, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26. “И узнают (хотя и пленные уже египтяне), что Я Господь”. Все у пророка Иезекииля направлено к этой цели, - к утверждению боговедения на земле, к основанию мировой религии.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
30:26: I will scatter the Egyptians - Several fled with Apries to Upper Egypt; and when Nebuchadnezzar wasted the country, he carried many of them to Babylon. See on Eze 29:12 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
30:26: I will: Eze 30:17, Eze 30:18, Eze 30:23, Eze 6:13, Eze 29:12; Dan 11:42
they shall: Eze 30:8
John Gill
30:26 And I will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and disperse them among the countries,.... Of which they might assure themselves, since the Lord had before spoken it, and here again repeats it:
and they shall know that I am the Lord; whose name alone is Jehovah, and does whatsoever he pleases; sets up kings, and puts them down; strengthens and weakens kingdoms just as seems good in his sight; none having any power but what is given by him, and which he can take away when he thinks fit.